Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 113

DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

RMT-D175A /RMT-D175C/RMT-D175P
AEP Model
SERVICE MANUAL This manual have
three different type
UK Model
DVP-NS15
of DVD player
appearance/structure . Chinese Model
Please take note. DVP-NS51P

Argentina Model
Brazilian Model
DVP-NS43P/NS53P

Singapore Model
Photo : DVP-NS15
Saudi Arabia Model
DVP-NS51P/K56P

Mexican Model
E Model
DVP-NS53P

Russian Model
DVP-K56P
Photo : DVP-NS51P

RMT-D175P Taiwan Model


DVP-K56P/NS51P

Australian/New Zealand Model


India Model
IND,PAK,MAR Model
Photo : DVP-K56P Iran Model
Middle East Model
Korean Model
Malaysian Model
Hong Kong Model
Vietnam Model
DVP-NS51P

Photo : DVP-NS43P/NS53P

RMT-D175A

Notes: Australia/NZ model only CD/DVD PLAYER


DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SPECIFICATIONS

System DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): General


Laser: Semiconductor laser Optical output jack/–18 dBm Power requirements:
Signal format system: PAL/NTSC: (others) (wave length 660 nm) 120 V AC, 60 Hz
Signal format system: DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): (DVP-NS53P: MX only)
NTSC: (DVP-NS43P/NS53P only) Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms 110 V AC, 60 Hz
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (NS51P:TW/K56P:TW)
Audio characteristics (Y, PB/CB, P R/CR): 110 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Frequency response: DVD VIDEO Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, (DVP-K56P: Except TW,RUS/
(PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz PB/CB, P R/CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms DVP-NS43P/NS53P: Except MX/
(±0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) LINE OUT (VIDEO): NS51P: Except TW)
Harmonic distortion: 0.01% Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Dynamic range: S VIDEO OUT: (DVP-NS15/K56P:RUS only)
DVD VIDEO: 85 dB/CD: 85 dB 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, See page 2 for further information.
Wow and flutter: Less than detected value C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), Power consumption:
(±0.001% W PEAK) 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms 9W (DVP-K56P/NS43P/NS53P/NS51P)
MIC Input: Phono jack (DVP-K56P only) 8W (DVP-NS15)
Outputs (DVP-NS15 only) Dimensions (approx.):
(Jack name: Jack type/Output level/ Outputs (DVP-NS43P/NS53P) 430 × 43 × 214.4 mm (DVP-K56P only)
Load impedance) (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/ (width/height/depth)
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ Load impedance) incl. projecting parts
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms LINE OUT (AUDIO): 430 × 43 × 207 mm (DVP-NS15)
LINE (RGB)-TV: Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms 430 × 43 × 208.8 mm (DVP-NS51P)
(AUDIO): SCART DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): (width/height/depth)
jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms (DVP-NS53P: AR2, BR4) incl. projecting parts
(VIDEO): SCART Optical output jack/–18 dBm 430 × 43 × 208 mm
jack/1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms (wave length 660 nm) (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)
(S VIDEO): SCART jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): (width/height/depth)
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms incl. projecting parts
0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB, PR): Mass (approx.):
(RGB): SCART jack/0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p/P B,P R : 1.78 kg (DVP-NSK56P)
interlace*1 = 0.648 Vp-p, progressive or 1.69 kg (DVP-NS15)
interlace*2 = 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms
Outputs and Input *1 1.74 kg (DVP-NS51P)
BLACK LEVEL
(DVP-NS51P/K56P) (COMPONENT OUT) is ON 1.72 kg (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)
(Jack name: Jack type/Output level/ *2
BLACK LEVEL Operating temperature: 5°C to 35°C
Load impedance) (COMPONENT OUT) is OFF Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
LINE OUT (AUDIO): LINE OUT (VIDEO):
Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms Supplied accessories
S VIDEO OUT: See page 14.
4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.286 Vp-p/75 ohms Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.

(DVP-NS51P: AUS ONLY)

–2–
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SAFETY CHECK-OUT

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following


safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:

1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered LEAKAGE TEST
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from
and bridges. all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers). Leakage current
or contact high-wattage resistors. can be measured by any one of three methods.
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA
that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the TW-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions to use these
customer and recommend their replacement. instruments.
4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital
deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their multimeter is suitable for this job.
replacement.
3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM
5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. or battery-operated AC volmeter. The “limit” indication is 0.75V,
Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the so analog meters must have an accurate low voltage scale. The
customer. Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are examples of a passive
6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital multimeters
7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, that have a 2V AC range are suitable. (See Fig. A)
screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check Unleaded solder
leakage as described below. Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead-free
mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the
To Exposed Metal lead free mark due to their particular size.)
Parts on Set

: LEAD FREE MARK


Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C highter than
AC
Voltmeter ordinary solder.
0.15 F 1.5k
(0.75 V) Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about
350°C
Earth Ground
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
Fig.A. Using an Acvoltmeter to check AC leakage. • Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such
as on IC pins, etc.
WARNING!!
• Usable with ordinary solder
WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also
THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO be added to ordinary solder.
CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE
FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE
OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
CAUTION:
The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye
hazard.

CAUTION
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT


À LA SÉCURITÉ!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK OR DOTTED LINE
WITH MARK ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE SUR LES
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE
NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONY
SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU
DANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.

–3–
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SERVICE NOTE 2. DISASSEMBLY

1. Disc Removal Procedure (at POWER OFF) ....................... 5 2-1. Upper Case ......................................................................... 2-1
2-2. Front Panel Assembly ......................................................... 2-1
2-3. Loading Assembly ............................................................... 2-3
1. GENERAL 2-4. Optical Pick-Up
(Device, Optical KHM-313CAA/C2RP) ........................ 2-5
WARNING ............................................................................ 1-1 2-5. Rear Panel, MV Board and IF Board ................................. 2-6
Notes About the Discs ........................................................ 1-1 2-6. Switching Regulator ............................................................ 2-9
Precautions .......................................................................... 1-1 2-7. Interval Views ..................................................................... 2-10
About This Manual ............................................................... 1-1 2-8. Circuit Boards Location ..................................................... 2-11
This Player Can Play the Following Discs ......................... 1-1
Index to Parts and Controls ............................................... 1-2
Guide to the Control Menu Display .................................... 1-3 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Hookups ...................................................................................... 1-3
Hooking Up the Player ........................................................ 1-3 3-1. Overall Block Diagram ........................................................ 3-1
Step 1: Unpacking ............................................................... 1-3 3-2. Power Line Block Diagram ................................................. 3-3
Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote ....................... 1-3 3-3. System Control/Signal Processor (1) Block Diagram ...... 3-5
Step 3: Connecting the Video Cords .................................. 1-4 3-4. System Control/Signal Processor (2) Block Diagram ...... 3-7
Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords .................................. 1-4 3-5. RF/Servo Block Diagram .................................................... 3-9
Step 5: Connecting the Mains Lead ................................... 1-5 3-6. Video (1) Block Diagram ................................................... 3-11
Step 6: Quick Setup ............................................................ 1-5 3-7. Video (2) Block Diagram ................................................... 3-13
Playing Discs ............................................................................... 1-5 3-8. Audio (1) Block Diagram ................................................... 3-15
Playing Discs ....................................................................... 1-5 3-9. Audio (2) Block Diagram ................................................... 3-17
Resuming Playback from the Point Where You 3-10. Interface Control (1) Block Diagram ................................ 3-19
Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) ........................ 1-6 3-11. Interface Control (2) Block Diagram ................................ 3-21
Using the DVD's Menu ........................................................ 1-6
Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a
DVD-RW/DVD-R ............................................................. 1-6 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
Playing VIDEO CD's With PBC Functions SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(PBC Playback) .............................................................. 1-6
Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram ................................................. 4-1
Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play ................. 1-7 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams .............. 4-3
Searching for a Scene ................................................................ 1-8 • Waveforms
Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc MV-48 Board (DVP-NS15 only) ..................................... 4-4
(Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) .................... 1-8 MV-47 Board (Except DVP-NS15) ................................ 4-5
Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. ............... 1-8 • IF-143 Printed Wiring Board .......................................... 4-7
Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) ............... 1-8 • IF-143 (Interface) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-9
Viewing Information About the Disc ........................................... 1-9 • IF-144 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-11
Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time .............. 1-9 • IF-144 (Interface) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-13
Sound Adjustments ..................................................................... 1-9 • IF-145 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-15
Changing the Sound ............................................................ 1-9 • IF-145 (Interface) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-17
TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) ................................. 1-10 • MC-161 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-19
Enjoying Movies ........................................................................ 1-10 • MC-161 (MIC-ECHO) Schematic Diagram ................ 4-21
Changing the Angles ......................................................... 1-10 • MS-203 Printed Wiring Board ...................................... 4-23
Displaying the Subtitles ..................................................... 1-10 • MS-203 (Loading Motor) Schematic Diagram ............ 4-23
Adjusting the Playback Picture • MV-47 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-25
(CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) ..................................... 1-10 • MV-47 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC)
Sharpening the Picture (SHARPNESS) ........................... 1-11 Schematic Diagram ...................................................... 4-27
Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images .................................. 1-11 • MV-47 (Drive) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-29
About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files ........... 1-11 • MV-47 (Video) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-31
Playing MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files ......... 1-11 • MV-47 (Audio) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-33
Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show ......................... 1-12 • MV-47 (Power) Schematic Diagram ............................ 4-35
Using Various Additional Functions .......................................... 1-13 • MV-48 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-37
Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, • MV-48 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC)
PARENTAL CONTROL) .............................................. 1-13 Schematic Diagram ...................................................... 4-39
Controlling Your TV with the Supplied Remote ................. 1-13 • MV-48 (Drive) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-41
Settings and Adjustments ......................................................... 1-14 • MV-48 (Video D-EURO) Schematic Diagram ............ 4-43
Using the Setup Display ................................................... 1-14 • MV-48 (Audio_EURO) Schematic Diagram ............... 4-45
Setting the Display or Sound Track Language • MV-48 (Power) Schematic Diagram ............................ 4-47
(LANGUAGE SETUP) ................................................. 1-14 • SW-467 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-49
Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) .................... 1-14 • SW-467 (Switch PWB) Schematic Diagram ............... 4-49
Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) .............................. 1-15 • SW-468 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-51
Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) ......................... 1-15 • SW-468 (Switch) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-51
Additional Information ................................................................ 1-15 • SW-469 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-53
Troubleshooting ................................................................. 1-15 • SW-469 (Switch Board) Schematic Diagram ............. 4-53
Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/ • SW-475 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-55
numbers appear in the display .................................... 1-16 • SW-475 (Switch) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-55
Glossary ............................................................................ 1-16 • Power Block (SRV1872WW) Printed Wiring Board .... 4-57
Specifications ..................................................................... 1-17 • Power Block (SRV1872WW) Schematic Diagram ..... 4-59
• Power Block (SRV1873UC) Printed Wiring Board ..... 4-61
• Power Block (SRV1873UC) Schematic Diagram ....... 4-63

–4–
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. System Control Pin Function


(MV-47/78 Boards IC101) ................................................... 5-1

6. TEST MODE

6-1. Executing IOP Measurement ............................................. 6-1


6-2. Emergency History Check ................................................. 6-1
6-3. Initializing Setup Data .......................................................... 6-2
6-4. Version Information ............................................................. 6-3
6-5. If Con Self Diagnostic Function .......................................... 6-3

7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT

7-1. Power Supply Output Voltage Check ................................. 7-1


7-2. Adjustment of Video System (DVP-NS15) ......................... 7-2
7-3. Adjustment of Video System (Except DVP-NS15) ............ 7-4

8. REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. Exploded Views ................................................................... 8-1


8-1-1. Main Section ................................................................... 8-1
8-1-2. Mechanism Deck Assembly .......................................... 8-5
8-2. Electrical Parts List ............................................................. 8-6

–5–
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SERVICE NOTE

1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF)


1) Open dust cover to access to a hole insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck can in the direction
of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1)
2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1)
3) After removing the disc, push in the direction of arrow C until the tray fully in.
4) Move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow D.

The lever of a chuck cam Hole

B
C

Tray

Fig. 1.

––6E
6 ––
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Note: SECTION 1 This section is extracted from instruction


For IM part number used for other model, you can refer to manual. 2-665-997-11
accessories. (See page 8-11) GENERAL
On adjusting volume
WARNING Notes About the Precautions Do not turn up the volume while listening to
a section with very low level inputs or no
To reduce the risk of fire or Precautions
Discs On safety
audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be
electric shock, do not expose damaged when a peak level section is played.
Safety Should any solid object or liquid fall into the
this apparatus to rain or • The power requirements and • To keep the disc clean, handle
moisture. the disc by its edge. Do not touch cabinet, unplug the player and have it On cleaning
power consumption of this unit
To avoid electrical shock, do are indicated on the back of the the surface. checked by qualified personnel before Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a
not open the cabinet. Refer unit. Check that the unit’s operating it any further.
servicing to qualified soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild
operating voltage is identical
personnel only. with your local power supply.
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
The mains lead must only be On power sources abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent
changed at a qualified Power • The player is not disconnected from the AC such as alcohol or benzine.
service shop. requirements power source (mains) as long as it is
and power connected to the wall outlet, even if the
CAUTION consumption On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners
m
player itself has been turned off. Do not use a commercially available
The use of optical instruments with
this product will increase eye DVP–XXXX
• If you are not going to use the player for a cleaning disc or disc/lens cleaner (wet or
hazard. As the laser beam used in 00V 00Hz
NO.
X
long time, be sure to disconnect the player spray type). These may cause the
00W
this CD/DVD player is harmful to from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC apparatus to malfunction.
eyes, do not attempt to disassemble 0-000-000-00 power cord (mains lead), grasp the plug
the cabinet.
Refer servicing to qualified • Do not expose the disc to direct itself; never pull the cord.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard, sunlight or heat sources such as
IMPORTANT NOTICE
personnel only.
do not place objects filled with hot air ducts, or leave it in a car On placement Caution: This player is capable of holding a
liquids, such as vases, on the parked in direct sunlight as the still video image or on-screen display image
apparatus. temperature may rise • Place the player in a location with adequate
ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the on your television screen indefinitely. If
considerably inside the car.
Installing • After playing, store the disc in its player. you leave the still video image or on-screen
• Do not install the unit in an case. • Do not place the player on a soft surface display image displayed on your TV for an
inclined position. It is designed • Clean the disc with a cleaning extended period of time you risk permanent
to be operated in a horizontal cloth. such as a rug.
position only. • Do not place the player in a location near damage to your television screen. Plasma
Wipe the disc from the centre
• Keep the unit and discs away out. heat sources, or in a place subject to direct display panel televisions and projection
Disposal of Old Electrical & from equipment with strong
sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical televisions are susceptible to this.
Electronic Equipment magnets, such as microwave
This symbol is applicable only in ovens, or large loudspeakers. shock.
the European Union and other
If you have any questions or problems
• Do not place heavy objects on
European countries with separate the unit. On operation concerning your player, please consult your
collection systems. nearest Sony dealer.
For Customers in Taiwan
• If the player is brought directly from a cold
only to a warm location, or is placed in a very
• Do not use solvents such as
damp room, moisture may condense on the
benzine, thinner, commercially lenses inside the player. Should this occur,
available disc/lens cleaners, or the player may not operate properly. In this
Please recycle used batteries. anti-static spray intended for case, remove the disc and leave the player
vinyl LPs.
turned on for about half an hour until the
• If you have printed the disc’s
label, dry the label before moisture evaporates.
playing. • When you move the player, take out any
discs. If you don’t, the disc may be
damaged.

2 3

Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Example of discs that the player
About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 This Player Can Play the cannot play
Playing MP3 Audio Tracks or JPEG Image Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Following Discs The player cannot play the following discs:
• CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than
Using Various Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Format of discs those recorded in the formats listed on this
Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, page.
DVD VIDEO
PARENTAL CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 • CD-ROMs recorded in PHOTO CD format.
• Data part of CD-Extras.
Controlling Your TV with the Supplied Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
• DVD Audio discs.
DVD-RW/-R
• HD layer on Super Audio CDs.
Settings and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Using the Setup Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Also, the player cannot play the following
Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) . . . . . 57 DVD+RW/+R discs:
Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 • A DVD VIDEO with a different region
Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 code.
Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g.,
card, heart).
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 • A disc with paper or stickers on it.
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 VIDEO CD/ • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane
Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display). . . . . 65 Music CD tape or a sticker still left on it.
Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 CD-RW/-R
Region code
Language Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Your player has a region code printed on the
Parental Control Area Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 back of the unit and only will play DVD
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with
“DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,”
“DVD-R,” “DVD VIDEO,” and “CD” logos identical region codes. This system is used to
are trademarks. protect copyrights.
About This Manual
DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play on
• Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the Note about CDs/DVDs this player.
controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote.
• “DVD” may be used as a general term for DVD VIDEOs, DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs (+VR The player can play CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-
RWs recorded in the following formats: If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the
mode) and DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (video mode).
– music CD format message “Playback prohibited by area
• The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below:
– video CD format limitations.” will appear on the TV screen.
Icons Meaning – MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files of Depending on the DVD VIDEO, there may
Functions available for DVD VIDEOs and DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs in +VR format conforming to ISO 9660* Level 1/ be no region code indication, even though
mode or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in video mode Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by
– KODAK Picture CD format area restrictions.
Functions available for DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR (Video Recording)
mode * A logical format of files and folders on CD- DVP–XXXX

ROMs, defined by ISO (International 00V 00Hz


X Region code
NO.
00W

Functions available for VIDEO CDs (including Super VCDs or CD-Rs/ Organization for Standardization).
CD-RWs in video CD format or Super VCD format) 0-000-000-00

Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format The player can play DVD-ROMs/
DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs
Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs recorded in the following format:
containing MP3* audio tracks, and JPEG image files) – MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files of
Functions available for DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/ format conforming to UDF (Universal Disk
DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs containing MP3* audio tracks, and JPEG Format).
image files)
* MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer III) is a standard format defined by ISO (International Organization for
Standardization)/IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) MPEG which compresses audio data.

5 6

1-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Notes Note on playback operations of


• Notes about DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/ DVDs and VIDEO CDs
Index to Parts and Controls
DVD-Rs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs
Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVD- Some playback operations of DVDs and For more information, see the pages indicated in parentheses.
Rs, or CD-Rs/CD-RWs cannot be played on this VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by
player due to the recording quality or physical
condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the
software producers. Since this player plays Front panel
recording device and authoring software.
DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc
The disc will not play if it has not been correctly contents the software producers designed,
finalized. For more information, refer to the some playback features may not be available.
operating instructions for the recording device. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with
Note that some playback functions may not work the DVDs or VIDEO CDs.
with some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, even if they
have been correctly finalized. In this case, view
the disc by normal playback. Also some DATA
Copyrights
CDs/DATA DVDs created in Packet Write This product incorporates copyright
format cannot be played.
protection technology that is protected by
• Music discs encoded with copyright protection
technologies U.S. patents and other intellectual property A [/1 (on/standby) button (22) E PROGRESSIVE button (17)
This product is designed to playback discs that rights. Use of this copyright protection
technology must be authorized by B Disc tray (22) F A (open/close) button (22)
conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard.
Recently, various music discs encoded with Macrovision, and is intended for home and C Front panel display (9) G H (play) button (22)
copyright protection technologies are marketed other limited viewing uses only unless
by some record companies. Please be aware that otherwise authorized by Macrovision. D PROGRESSIVE indicator (17) H x (stop) button (23)
among those discs, there are some that do not Reverse engineering or disassembly is Lights up when the player outputs I (remote sensor) (14)
conform to the CD standard and may not be prohibited. progressive signals.
playable by this product.
• Note on DualDiscs
A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which Rear panel
mates DVD recorded material on one side with
digital audio material on the other side.
However, since the audio material side does not
conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard,
playback on this product is not guaranteed.

A DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (18) E COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks


B LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks (18) (15)

C LINE OUT (VIDEO) jack (15) F DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (18)

D S VIDEO OUT jack (15)

7 8

Front panel display Remote


When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode disc I ./> PREV/NEXT (previous/
next) buttons (23)
Disc type Playing status Lights up when you can change the angle (41) J m/M SCAN/SLOW
buttons (31)
K ZOOM button (23, 48)
L SLOW PLAY/FAST PLAY buttons
(23)
Lights up during Current audio signal (39) Current title/chapter or playing M /AUDIO button (38)
Repeat Play (29) time (35)
N /SUBTITLE button (41)
O [/1 (on/standby) button (22)
When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (26)
P 2/VOL (volume) +/– buttons (54)
Disc type Playing status The + button has a tactile dot.*
Q t/TV/VIDEO button (54)
R PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation)
button (33, 48)
S TIME/TEXT button (35)
Lights up during A-B Repeat Play (30) Current scene or playing time (35) T MENU button (25)
U ENTER button (20)
When playing back a CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD
V DISPLAY button (11)
(without PBC)
W H/PLAY button (22)
Lights up during The H button has a tactile dot.*
Playing status Repeat Play (29) Current track (35)
X x STOP button (23)
Y X PAUSE button (23)
Z SUR (surround) button (39)
wj /ANGLE button (41)
Disc type* Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (45) Playing time (35)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
the player.
A TV [/1 (on/standby) button (54)
* When playing DATA DVDs, the DVD indicator is displayed.
When playing VIDEO CDs (without PBC), the VCD indicator is displayed. B Z OPEN/CLOSE button (23)
C Number buttons (25)
The number 5 button has a tactile dot.*
D CLEAR button (27)
E TOP MENU button (25)
F C/X/x/c buttons (25)
G O RETURN button (22, 23)
H / REPLAY/STEP/
ADVANCE/STEP buttons (23, 31)

,continued 9 10

1-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

List of Control Menu items


Guide to the Control Menu Display Item Item Name, Function
TITLE (page 32)/SCENE (page 32)/TRACK (page 32)
Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY
Selects the title, scene, or track to be played.
repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows:
CHAPTER (page 32)/INDEX (page 32)
, Control Menu display 1 Selects the chapter or index to be played.
m
Control Menu display 2 (Only for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs) TRACK (page 32)
m Selects the track to be played.
Control Menu display off ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 25)
Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode) to be played, the ORIGINAL
one, or an edited PLAY LIST.
Control Menu display TIME/TEXT (page 32)
The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time.
Input the time code for picture and music searching.
details about each item, see the pages in parentheses.
Displays the DVD/CD text, or the DATA CD/DATA DVD track or file name.
Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. PROGRAM (page 27)
Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want.
Currently playing chapter number*2 SHUFFLE (page 28)
Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order.
Currently playing title number*1
REPEAT (page 29)
Total number of titles*1
Playback status Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/track/
Total number of chapters*2 (N Playback, album repeatedly.
X Pause, A-B REPEAT (page 30)
x Stop, etc.) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly.
Control Menu items Type of disc CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 42)
12(27) PLAY being played*3 Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits
18(34) DVD VIDEO 4
the programme you are watching.
T 1:32:55 Playing time*
Selected item Current setting SHARPNESS (page 44)
OFF
OFF Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture.
SET Options PARENTAL CONTROL (page 51)
ON Set to prohibit playback on this player.
SETUP (page 56)
Function name of QUICK Setup (page 20)
selected Control Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio
Menu item PROGRAM of the TV and the audio output signal.
Operation message ENTER Quit: DISPLAY CUSTOM Setup
In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust various other settings.
*1 Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs RESET
(PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/CDs, Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting.
album number for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs.
ALBUM (page 45)
*2 Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs,
Selects the album that contains the MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files to be played.
MP3 audio track number or JPEG image file
number for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs. FILE (page 32)
*3 Displays Super VCD as “SVCD.” Selects the JPEG image file to be played.
*4 Displays the date for JPEG files.
DATE (page 48)
Displays the date the picture was taken by a digital camera.
To turn off the display
Press DISPLAY. INTERVAL (page 50)
Specifies the duration for which the slides are displayed on the screen.
EFFECT (page 50)
Selects the effects to be used for changing slides during a slide show.
,continued 11 12

MODE (MP3, JPEG) (page 49)


Selects the data type; MP3 audio track (AUDIO), JPEG image file (IMAGE) or both
(AUTO) to be played when playing a DATA CD or DATA DVD. Hookups

z Hint
The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green
Hooking Up the Player
t when you select any item
except “OFF” (“PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” Follow steps 1 to 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player.
“REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “CUSTOM
PICTURE MODE,” “SHARPNESS” only). The
“ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” indicator lights up in
Notes
green when you select “PLAY LIST” (default • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise.
setting). • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected.
• You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack.
• Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting.

Step 1: Unpacking
Check that you have the following items:
• Audio/Video cord (phono plug × 3 y phono plug × 3) (1)
• Remote commander (remote) (1)
• R6 (size AA) batteries (2)

Step 2: Inserting Batteries Into the Remote


You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by
matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When
using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player.

Notes
• Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place.
• Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries.
• Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a
malfunction.
• If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage
from battery leakage and corrosion.

13 14

1-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack


Step 3: Connecting the Video Cords
Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images.
Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. With this connection, select “LINE OUT/S VIDEO OUT” (default) by pressing the
Select one of the patterns A through C, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel.
projector, or AV amplifier (receiver).

Hookups
In order to view progressive signal (525p or 625p) pictures with a compatible TV, projector, or
monitor, you must use pattern C.

C If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier


A (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR)
INPUT (yellow)
Audio/video
Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video
VIDEO
cord (supplied) cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will
S VIDEO cord INPUT enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images.
(not supplied)
S VIDEO
B If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p format signals, use this connection and press the
L
PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel to output progressive signals. For details, see
AUDIO “Selecting the video output jack and signal format (PROGRESSIVE button)” (page 17).
R
Green Green
TV, projector, or AV Blue Blue
TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) Red Red
amplifier (receiver) (yellow)

to S VIDEO OUT When connecting to a standard 4:3 screen TV


Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. To change the aspect ratio, see
to LINE OUT (VIDEO) page 58.

To change the colour system


If the on-screen menu of the player does not appear on the connected TV, switch the player’s
to COMPONENT CD/DVD player colour system to match the colour system of the TV (NTSC or PAL).
VIDEO OUT
First turn off the player by pressing "/1, and then press "/1 again while holding down x on the
(green) (blue) (red) player. The player turns back on, and the name of the colour system scrolls across the front panel
COMPONENT
VIDEO IN C display.
Y
(green) Note
Component video PB/CB Do not connect a VCR, etc., between your TV and the player. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you
cord (not supplied) (blue) may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV has only one audio/video input jack, connect the
PR/CR player to this jack.
(red)

VCR
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
l : Signal flow
CD/DVD player TV
Connect
A If you are connecting to a video input jack directly
Connect the yellow plug of an audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jack. You will
enjoy standard quality images.
With this connection, select “LINE OUT/S VIDEO OUT” (default) by pressing the
PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel.
Yellow Yellow
White (L) White (L)
Red (R) Red (R)
,continued 15 16

Selecting the video output jack and signal format (PROGRESSIVE


button)
Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords
By using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel, you can select the jack from which the Select one of the following patterns A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor,
player outputs Progressive or Interlace signals. The default setting will output Interlace signals projector, or AV amplifier (receiver).
from the LINE OUT(VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT jacks. This will enable you to listen to sound.
Hookups

Press the button once to switch to the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Each additional press
of the button will change the output signal as shown below.
(red) (yellow)* INPUT A
Audio/video
Setting/Display Front Panel Display Output Connection VIDEO
cord (supplied)
“LINE OUT/S VIDEO OUT” LINE/S LINE OUT or S VIDEO OUT jacks (white) (white)

“NORMAL (INTERLACE)” COMPONENT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks L

(yellow)* (red) AUDIO


“PROGRESSIVE AUTO” P AUTO COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks
R
“PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” P VIDEO COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks

Note that signals are not output from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks when “LINE OUT/
S VIDEO OUT” is selected, and signals are not output from the LINE OUT(VIDEO) or S TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
VIDEO OUT jacks when any other setting is selected.
◆When your TV is connected to jack other than COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (LINE
OUT(VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT), select:
to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO)
- “LINE OUT/S VIDEO OUT”
◆When your TV is connected to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, select:
- “NORMAL (INTERLACE)”
to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL CD/DVD player
- “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or OPTICAL)
Normally select this if your TV is compatible with progressive signals. This automatically
detects the software type, and selects the appropriate conversion method.

- “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” or
Select this if your TV is compatible with progressive signals and the image is not clear when Coaxial digital cord
you select PROGRESSIVE AUTO. This setting will fix the conversion method to (not supplied)
PROGRESSIVE VIDEO for video based software.
Optical digital cord (not supplied)
About DVD software types and the conversion method
DVD software can be divided into two types: film-based software and video based software.
Video-based software is derived from TV, such as dramas and sit-coms, and displays images at
30 frames/60 fields (25 frames/50 fields) per second. Film-based software is derived from film
[Speakers] to optical
digital input
to coaxial
digital input
[Speakers] B
and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both video and film. Rear (L) Rear (R)
In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in progressive format,
the progressive signals need to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are Front (L) Front (R)
watching. AV amplifier (receiver)
with a decoder
Centre Subwoofer
Notes
• When you play video-based software in progressive signal format, sections of some types of images may
appear unnatural due to the conversion process when output through the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT : Signal flow
jacks. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 15).
• Using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks will cause the picture to go blank. In this case, press the
PROGRESSIVE button to see the picture.
• When using LINE OUT (VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT, the picture will go blank when your setting is z Hint
“NORMAL (INTERLACE)”, or “PROGRESSIVE AUTO”, or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO”. In this case, For correct speaker location, see the operating instructions supplied with the connected components.
press the button repeatedly until you see the picture.

17 18

1-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

A Connecting to audio L/R input B Connecting to a digital audio


jacks input jack
Step 5: Connecting the Mains Lead
This connection will use your TV’s or stereo If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Plug the player and TV mains lead (power cord) into a mains.
amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for Digital*1, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder
sound. Connect using the audio/video cord and a digital input jack, use this connection.

Hookups
(supplied). Connect using a coaxial or optical digital cord
(not supplied). Step 6: Quick Setup
Yellow Yellow
Coaxial cord
White (L) White (L) Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player.
Red (R) Red (R) Optical cord To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. The on-
screen displays differ depending on the player model. Oceanian model is used for illustration
• Surround effect unless otherwise specified.
• Surround effect (page 39)
TV: Dynamic Theatre, Dynamic, Wide, Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS (5.1ch), MPEG
Night audio (5.1ch)

ENTER
*1 Manufactured under license from Dolby
Stereo amplifier (receiver): Standard, Night
Laboratories.
“Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
*2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.

Notes
• After you have completed the connection, make
the appropriate settings in Quick Setup (page 20).
1 Turn on the TV. 4 Press ENTER without inserting a
If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG disc.
audio decoder function, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” 2 Press [/1. The Setup Display for selecting the
(page 61). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise
language used in the on-screen display
will come from your speakers.
• The TVS effects of this player cannot be used 3 Switch the input selector on your appears.
with this connection. TV so that the signal from the The available languages differ depending
• In order to listen to DTS sound tracks, you must upon the player model.
use this connection. DTS sound tracks are not player appears on the TV screen.
LANGUAGE SETUP
output through the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” OSD: ENGLISH
jacks, even if you set “DTS” to “ON” in Quick (press enter to run Quick Setup) appears MENU:
ENGLISH
Setup (page 20). AUDIO:
at the bottom of the screen. If this FRANÇAIS
SUBTITLE:
DEUTSCH
message does not appear, select ITALIANO
“QUICK” (quick) under “SETUP” ESPAÑOL
NEDERLANDS
(setup) in the Control Menu to run Quick DANSK
Setup (page 57). SVENSKA

5 Press X/x to select a language.


The player displays the menu and
subtitles in the selected language.

19 20

6 Press ENTER. 10Press X/x to select the type of


The Setup Display for selecting the Dolby Digital signal you wish to
aspect ratio of the TV to be connected Playing Discs
send to your amplifier (receiver).
appears.

SCREEN SETUP
If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a
Dolby Digital decoder, select “DOLBY
Playing Discs
TV TYPE: 16:9
Hookups

COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD): 16:9 DIGITAL.” Otherwise, select “D-PCM.” Playback side
SCREEN SAVER: 4:3 LETTER BOX facing down
BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN AUDIO SETUP
4:3 OUTPUT: FULL AUDIO DRC: STANDARD Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some
DOWNMIX:
DIGITAL OUT:
DOLBY SURROUND
ON
operations may be different or restricted. 5 Press H.
DOLBY DIGITAL: D-PCM Refer to the operating instructions supplied The disc tray closes. The player starts
MPEG: D-PCM
DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL
with your disc. playback (continuous play). Adjust the
48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit
volume on the TV or the amplifier
7 Press X/x to select the setting that (receiver).
matches your TV type. Depending on the disc, a menu may

◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3


11Press ENTER. appear on the TV screen. For DVD
VIDEOs, see page 25. For VIDEO CDs,
standard TV with a wide-screen mode “DTS” is selected. see page 26.
• 16:9 (page 58)
AUDIO SETUP
◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV AUDIO DRC: STANDARD
• 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND To turn off the player
(page 58)
DIGITAL OUT:
DOLBY DIGITAL:
ON
D-PCM
Press [/1. The player enters standby mode.
MPEG: PCM

8 Press ENTER. DTS:


48kHz/96kHz PCM:
OFF
OFF
ON
z Hint
You can have the player turn off automatically
The Setup Display for selecting the type whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than
ENTER 30 minutes. To turn this function on or off, set
of jack used to connect your amplifier
(receiver) appears.
12Press X/x to select whether or RETURN “AUTO POWER OFF” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to
“ON” or “OFF” (page 59).
Is this player connected to an amplifier not you wish to send a DTS signal
(receiver) ? Select the type of jack you
Note
are using. to your amplifier (receiver). Discs created on DVD recorders must be correctly
YES
If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a finalized before they can be played. For more
LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO)
DIGITAL OUTPUT DTS decoder, select “ON.” Otherwise, information about finalizing, refer to the operating
instructions supplied with the DVD recorder.
NO select “OFF.”
1 Turn on your TV.
9 Press X/x to select the type of jack 13Press ENTER.
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a
DVD VIDEO
(if any) you are using to connect to Quick Setup is finished and connections 2 Press [/1. • DTS audio signals are output only through
are complete. The player turns on. the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or
an amplifier (receiver), then press If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an OPTICAL) jack.
ENTER. MPEG audio decoder, set “MPEG” to
“MPEG” (page 61).
3 Switch the input selector on your • When you play a DVD VIDEO with DTS
sound tracks, set “DTS” to “ON” in
If you did not connect an AV amplifier TV so that the signal from the
(receiver), select “NO,” then go to step “AUDIO SETUP” (page 61).
13. player appears on the TV screen. • If you connect the player to audio
If you connected an AV amplifier equipment without a DTS decoder, do not
◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP”
(receiver) using just an audio cord, select Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and
“YES: LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO),” (page 61). A loud noise may come out from
select the appropriate channel so that you the speakers, affecting your ears or causing
then go to step 13. can hear sound from the player.
If you connected an AV amplifier the speakers to be damaged.
(receiver) using either a optical or coaxial
digital cord, select “YES: DIGITAL
4 Press A on the player, and place a
OUTPUT.” disc on the disc tray.

21 22

1-5
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Additional operations Playback quickly or slowly with Notes


sound
Resuming Playback From • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM

You can listen to dialogue or sound while the Point Where You SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this
function to work (page 60).
playing the current scene quickly or slowly. Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc • The point where you stopped playing is cleared
when:
During playback, press FAST PLAY or Resume) – you change the play mode.
CLEAR SLOW PLAY. – you change the settings on the Setup Display.
• For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, CDs,
The speed changes when you press either The player stores the point where you stopped DATA CDs, and DATA DVDs, the player

Playing Discs
FAST PLAY or SLOW PLAY. the disc for up to 6 discs and resumes remembers the resume playback point for the
REPLAY ADVANCE playback the next time you insert the same current disc.
To return to normal playback disc. If you store a resume playback point for The resume point is cleared when:
Press H. the seventh disc, the resume playback point – you opened the disc tray.
for the first disc is deleted. – you disconnect the mains lead.
ZOOM – the player enters standby mode (DATA CD/
Notes
SLOW PLAY DATA DVD only).
FAST PLAY • You can only use this function with DVDs/ • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play
VIDEO CDs/Super VCDs and DVD-RWs/DVD- and Programme Play.
To Operation Rs in VR mode only. • This function may not work with some discs.
• “Operation not possible” will appear when • If “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM
Stop Press x maximum or minimum speed is reached. SETUP” is set to “ON” and you playback a
Pause Press X • During Fast Play or Slow Play mode, you cannot recorded disc such as DVD-RW, the player may
change the angle (page 41), subtitle (page 41) and playback other recorded discs from the same
Resume play after Press X or H sound (page 38). The sound can only be changed resume point.
pause for VIDEO CDs/Super VCDs.
Go to the next chapter, Press > • Fast Play and Slow Play functions do not work
track, or scene in when playing DTS sound tracks.
continuous play mode • You cannot use Fast Play or Slow Play function
when playing a still picture on DVD-RW/DVD-R
Go back to the Press . in VR mode.
previous chapter,
track, or scene in
continuous play mode
Locking the disc tray (Child
Lock)
Stop play and remove Press Z
the disc You can lock the disc tray to prevent children
1 While playing a disc, press x to
stop playback.
Replay the previous Press from opening it.
scene*1 REPLAY during “RESUME” appears on the front panel
playback When the player is in standby mode, press display.
O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the
Briefly fast forward
the current scene*2
Press
ADVANCE during remote. 2 Press H.
playback The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears The player starts playback from the point
Magnify the image*3 Press ZOOM on the front panel display. The A and Z where you stopped the disc in step 1.
repeatedly. Press buttons on the player or the remote do not
CLEAR to cancel. work while the Child Lock is set.
z Hint
*1 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs only To play from the beginning of the disc, press x
*2 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/
DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs only To unlock the disc tray twice, then press H.
*3 Video and JPEG pictures only (except When the player is in standby mode, press
BACKGROUND pictures). You can move the O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again.
enlarged picture using C/X/x/c. Depending
upon the contents of the disc, the zoom function
may be canceled automatically when the picture Note
is moved. Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the
Control Menu (page 57), the disc tray remains
Note locked.
You may not be able to use the Replay or Advance
function with some scenes.
23 24

z Hint
To play without using PBC, press ./> or the
Using the DVD’s Menu Selecting “ORIGINAL” or Playing VIDEO CDs With number buttons while the player is stopped to select
a track, then press H or ENTER.
“PLAY LIST” on a DVD- PBC Functions (PBC Playback) “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and

A DVD is divided into long sections of a


RW/DVD-R the player starts continuous play. You cannot play
still pictures such as a menu.
picture or a music feature called “titles.” To return to PBC playback, press x twice then
Some DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR (Video PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play press H.
When you play a DVD which contains Recording) mode have two types of titles for
several titles, you can select the title you want VIDEO CDs interactively by following the
playback: originally recorded titles menu on the TV screen.
Playing Discs

using the TOP MENU button. Note


(ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on
When you play DVDs that allow you to select recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in
items such as language for the sound and LIST). You can select the type of title to be
step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the
subtitles, select these items using the MENU instructions supplied with the disc. In this case,
played. press H.
button. Number
buttons

Number ENTER
buttons RETURN

TOP MENU MENU ENTER


ENTER
DISPLAY

1 Press DISPLAY when the player is 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC
in stop mode.
functions.
The Control Menu appears.
The menu for your selection appears.
1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. 2 Press X/x to select 2 Press the number buttons to select
The disc’s menu appears on the TV (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press
screen. the item number you want.
The contents of the menu vary from disc
ENTER.
to disc. The options for “ORIGINAL/PLAY
LIST” appear.
3 Press ENTER.
2 Press C/X/x/c or the number 12(27) 4 Follow the instructions in the
18(34)
buttons to select the item you want T 1:32:55
DVD-VR
menu for interactive operations.
PLAY LIST
to play or change. PLAY LIST Refer to the instructions supplied with the
ORIGINAL
If you press the number buttons, the disc, as the operating procedure may
following display appears. differ depending on the VIDEO CD.
Press the number buttons to select the
item you want.

1
3 Press X/x to select a setting. To return to the menu
Press O RETURN.
• PLAY LIST: plays the titles created
from “ORIGINAL” for editing.
• ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally
recorded.
3 Press ENTER. 4 Press ENTER.
25 26

1-6
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Next, press X/x to select “03” under “C,” 3 Follow step 5 for new programming. To
12(27) PLAY
Various Play Mode 18(34)
T 1:32:55
DVD VIDEO then press ENTER. cancel a programme, select “--” under
“T,” then press ENTER.
Functions (Programme Play, OFF
OFF
PROGRAM
ALL CLEAR
T
SET
1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 –– To cancel all of the titles, chapters, or
Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat ON
2. TITLE – – 01 tracks in the programmed order
3. TITLE – – 02
Play) 4. TITLE – –
5. TITLE – –
03
04
1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your own
6. TITLE – – 05 programme (Programme Play).”
7. TITLE – –
You can set the following play modes:
3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then
2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.”

Playing Discs
• Programme Play (page 27)
• Shuffle Play (page 28) press ENTER. Selected title and chapter
3 Press ENTER.
• Repeat Play (page 29) “TRACK” is displayed when you play z Hint
• A-B Repeat Play (page 30) a VIDEO CD, or CD. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, or CD
You can perform Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of
For example, select track “02.” programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During
PROGRAM
T
Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then Programme Play, follow the steps of Repeat Play
ALL CLEAR press ENTER.
1. TITLE –– (page 29) or Shuffle Play (page 28).
2. TITLE – – 01
3. TITLE – –
Selected track
02
4. TITLE – – 03 Notes
5. TITLE – – 04 PROGRAM 0:15:30
CLEAR 6. TITLE – – 05 T • When you programme tracks on a Super VCD, the
ENTER ALL CLEAR
7. TITLE – – 1. TRACK 02 –– total playing time is not displayed.
2. TRACK –– 01 • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs
3. TRACK –– 02
Titles or tracks ––
and Super VCDs with PBC playback.
4. TRACK 03
DISPLAY recorded on a disc 5. TRACK –– 04
6. TRACK –– 05
Playing in random order (Shuffle
4 Press c.
7. TRACK ––

The cursor moves to the title or track row Play)


Total time of the programmed tracks
“T” (in this case, “01”). You can have the player “shuffle” titles,
PROGRAM
T C
6 To programme other titles, chapters, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling”
may produce a different playing order.
ALL CLEAR or tracks, repeat steps 4 to 5.
1. TITLE – –
Note 2. TITLE – –
––
01
ALL
01 The programmed titles, chapters, and 1 Press DISPLAY during playback.
3. TITLE – – 02 02 tracks are displayed in the selected order. The Control Menu appears.
The play mode is cancelled when: 4. TITLE – – 03 03
– you open the disc tray. 5. TITLE – –
6. TITLE – –
04
05
04
05
7 Press H to start Programme Play. 2 Press X/x to select
– the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. 7. TITLE – – Programme Play begins.
06 (SHUFFLE), then press ENTER.
When the programme ends, you can The options for “SHUFFLE” appear.
Creating your own programme Chapters recorded on a disc
restart the same programme again by
(Programme Play) pressing H. 12(27) PLAY
18(34) DVD VIDEO

You can play the contents of a disc in the 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you T 1:32:55

order you want by arranging the order of the want to programme. To return to normal play OFF
OFF
titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” after step 2. TITLE
CHAPTER
your own programme. You can programme For example, select chapter “03” of title To play the same programme again, select
up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. “02.” “ON” in step 3 and press ENTER.
Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then
1 Press DISPLAY.
press ENTER. To change or cancel a programme
The Control Menu appears.
PROGRAM 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your 3 Press X/x to select the item to be
shuffled.
2 Press X/x to select ALL CLEAR
T C own programme (Programme Play).”
(PROGRAM), then press ENTER.
1. TITLE – – –– ALL
2 Select the programme number of the title, ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO
2. TITLE – – 01 01
The options for “PROGRAM” appear. 3. TITLE – – 02 02 chapter, or track you want to change or • TITLE
4. TITLE – – 03 03 • CHAPTER
5. TITLE – – 04 04 cancel using X/x and press c. If you
6. TITLE – – 05 05
06
want to delete the title, chapter, or track ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD
7. TITLE – –
from the programme, press CLEAR. • TRACK

,continued 27 28

◆ When Programme Play is activated ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc To return to normal play
• ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks • DISC: repeats all the titles of the Repeating a specific portion Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3.
selected in Programme Play. selected type. (A-B Repeat Play)
• TITLE: repeats the current title on a
4 Press ENTER.
disc.
Notes
Shuffle Play starts. • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for
• CHAPTER: repeats the current You can play a specific portion of a title, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Programme Play
chapter. chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is are cancelled.
To return to normal play ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD useful when you want to memorize lyrics, • A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple
• DISC: repeats all of the tracks. etc.) titles.
Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3. • You may not set A-B Repeat Play for contents on
Playing Discs

• TRACK: repeats the current track. 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) that contains still
z Hints ◆ When playing a DATA CD or DATA DVD The Control Menu appears. pictures.
• You can set Shuffle Play while the player is • DISC: repeats all of the albums.
stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, • ALBUM: repeats the current album. 2 Press X/x to select (A-B
press H. Shuffle Play starts. REPEAT), then press ENTER.
• TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only):
• Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in
repeats the current track. The options for “A-B REPEAT”
random order when “CHAPTER” is selected.
◆ When Programme Play or Shuffle Play appear.
Note is activated
12(27) PLAY
You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs or
• ON: repeats Programme Play or 18(34) DVD VIDEO
Shuffle Play. T 1:32:55
Super VCDs with PBC playback.
4 Press ENTER.
Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) Repeat Play starts. OFF
SET
OFF

You can play all of the titles or tracks on a To return to normal play
disc, or a single title, chapter, or track Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3.
repeatedly. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then
You can use a combination of Shuffle or z Hint press ENTER.
Programme Play modes. You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. The “A-B REPEAT” setting bar appears.
After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H.
1 Press DISPLAY during playback. Repeat Play starts.
A 18 - 1:32:30 B
The Control Menu appears.
2 Press X/x to select Notes
(REPEAT), then press ENTER. • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs
and Super VCDs with PBC playback.
The options for “REPEAT” appear.
• When repeating a DATA CD/DATA DVD which
contains MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files,
4 During playback, when you find the
12(27) starting point (point A) of the portion to
18(34) DVD VIDEO and their playing times are not the same, the sound
T 1:32:55 will not match the image. be played repeatedly, press ENTER.
• When “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE The starting point (point A) is set.
OFF (JPEG)” (page 49), you cannot select “TRACK.”
OFF
DISC A 18 - 1:32:55 B 18 - 1:33:05
TITLE
CHAPTER

3 Press X/x to select the item to be


5 When you reach the ending point
repeated.
(point B), press ENTER again.
◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO The set points are displayed and the
• DISC: repeats all of the titles. player starts repeating this specific
• TITLE: repeats the current title on a portion.
disc.
• CHAPTER: repeats the current
chapter.

,continued 29 30

1-7
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Playback direction ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD


× 2B t 1M t 2M t 3M Searching for a Title/ without PBC playback
TRACK
Searching for a Scene
3M (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode/
Chapter/Track/Scene, INDEX
Searching for a VIDEO CD only)
× 2B (DVD VIDEO/CD only)
etc. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD
Particular Point on a with PBC playback
Opposite direction SCENE
Disc (Scan, Slow-motion Play, × 2b t 1m t 2m t 3m
You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and
◆ When playing a CD
Freeze Frame) you can search a VIDEO CD/CD/DATA CD/
TRACK
3m (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode/ DATA DVD by track, index, file, or scene.
VIDEO CD only) As titles and tracks are assigned unique

Searching for a Scene


You can quickly locate a particular point on a
× 2b (DVD VIDEO only) ◆ When playing a DATA CD/DATA DVD
disc by monitoring the picture or playing back numbers on the disc, you can select the
ALBUM
slowly. desired one by entering its number. You can
The “× 2B”/ “× 2b” playback speed is about
also search for a scene using the time code. TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only)
twice the normal speed.
The “3M”/“3m” playback speed is faster FILE (JPEG image files only)
than “2M”/“2m” and the “2M”/“2m” Example: when you select
playback speed is faster than “1M”/ Number CHAPTER
“1m.” buttons “** (**)” is selected (** refers to a number).
The number in parentheses indicates the total
Watching frame by frame CLEAR number of titles, chapters, tracks, indexes,
(Slow-motion Play) scenes, album or files.
ENTER
STEP STEP 12(27) PLAY
DISPLAY
18(34) DVD VIDEO
Press m or M when the player is T 1:32:55
in pause mode. To return to normal speed,
press H.
Each time you press m or M
during Slow-motion Play, the playback speed Selected row
changes. Two speeds are available. With each
press the indication changes as follows:
Notes
• Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do Playback direction
1 Press DISPLAY (When playing a 3 Press ENTER.
some of the operations described. 2 y1 DATA CD or DATA DVD with JPEG
• For DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, you can search for “** (**)” changes to “-- (**).”
image files, press twice).
a particular point only on an MP3 audio track. Opposite direction (DVD/DVD-VR mode
The Control Menu appears. 12(27) PLAY
only) (34) DVD VIDEO
Locating a point quickly by 2 y1 T 1:32:55

playing a disc in fast forward or The “2 y”/“2 ” playback speed is slower


2 Press X/x to select the search
than “1 y”/“1 .” method.
fast reverse (Scan)
◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR
Playing one frame at a time mode disc
Press m or M while playing a (Freeze Frame) TITLE
disc. When you find the point you want, press
H to return to normal speed. Each time you When the player is in the pause mode, press CHAPTER 4 Press the number buttons to select
press m or M during scan, the STEP to go to the next frame. Press TIME/TEXT the title, chapter, track, index,
scan speed changes. With each press the STEP to go to the preceding frame
indication changes as shown below. Actual (DVD/DVD-VR mode only). To return to Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting scene, etc., number you want to
speeds may differ between discs. normal playback, press H. point by inputting the time code. search.
If you make a mistake
Note Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR,
You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD-RW/ then select another number.
DVD-R in VR mode.
31 32

5 Press ENTER. 3 Press ENTER.


The player starts playback from the Searching by Scene The first scene of each chapter, title, or
selected number. track appears as follows.
(PICTURE NAVIGATION)

To search for a scene using the time code You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens
1 2 3
(DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) and find the desired scene quickly.
1 In step 2, select TIME/TEXT.
4 5 6
“T **:**:**” (playing time of the current
title) is selected.
2 Press ENTER. 7 8 9
Searching for a Scene

“T **:**:**” changes to “T --:--:--.”


3 Input the time code using the number
PICTURE
NAVI 4 Press C/X/x/c to select a chapter,
buttons, then press ENTER. ENTER title, or track, and press ENTER.
For example, to find the scene at 2 hours,
RETURN DISPLAY Playback starts from the selected scene.
10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the
beginning, just enter “2:10:20.”

z Hints To return to normal play during setting


• When the Control Menu display is turned off, you Press O RETURN or DISPLAY.
can search for a chapter (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR
mode), track (CD/DATA CD/DATA DVD) by z Hint
pressing the number buttons and ENTER. If there are more than 9 chapters, titles, or tracks, V
• You can display the first scene of titles, chapters,
or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided
1 Press PICTURE NAVI during is displayed at the bottom right of the screen.
To display the additional chapters, titles, or tracks,
into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by playback. select the bottom scenes and press x. To return to
selecting one of the scenes. For details, see the previous scene, select the top scenes and press
The following display appears.
“Searching by Scene (PICTURE X.
NAVIGATION)” (page 33).
CHAPTER VIEWER ENTER
Note
Notes Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select
• The title, chapter, or track number displayed is the some items.
same number recorded on the disc.
• You cannot search for a scene on a DVD+RW/
DVD+R using the time code. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to
select an item.
• CHAPTER VIEWER (DVD VIDEO
only): displays the first scene of each
chapter.
• TITLE VIEWER (DVD VIDEO only):
displays the first scene of each title.
• TRACK VIEWER (VIDEO CD/
Super VCD only): displays the first
scene of each track.

,continued 33 34

1-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-VR


mode disc Checking the play information of Checking the information on the
Viewing Information About the
Disc
• T *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) the disc front panel display
Playing time of the current title
• T–*:*:* You can view the time information and text
To check the DVD/CD text
Checking the Playing Remaining time of the current title Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in step 2 to
displayed on the TV screen also on the front
• C *:*:* panel display. The information on the front
Time and Remaining Playing time of the current chapter
display text recorded on the DVD/CD.
The DVD/CD text appears only when text is
panel display changes as follows when you
change the time information on your TV
Time • C–*:*:*
Remaining time of the current chapter
recorded in the disc. You cannot change the
screen.
text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO
◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super TEXT” appears.
When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-VR
VCD (with PBC functions)
mode disc
You can check the playing time and • *:* (minutes: seconds)
remaining time of the current title, chapter, or Playing time of the current scene Playing time of the current title
track. Also, you can check the DVD/CD text ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without

Viewing Information About the Disc


or track name (MP3 audio), recorded on the BRAHMS SYMPHONY
PBC functions), or CD
disc. • T *:* (minutes: seconds)
Playing time of the current track To check DATA CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD
• T–*:* Remaining time of the current title
(MP3 audio) album name, etc.
Remaining time of the current track
By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3
• D *:*
audio tracks on a DATA CD/DATA DVD,
Playing time of the current disc
you can display the name of the album/track,
• D –*:*
TIME/TEXT and the audio bit rate (the amount of data per Playing time of the current chapter
Remaining time of the current disc
second of the current audio track) on your TV
◆ When playing a Super VCD (without screen.
PBC functions)
• T *:* (minutes: seconds) Bit rate
Playing time of the current track Remaining time of the current
T 17:30 128k chapter
◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio)/
DATA DVD (MP3 audio)
• T *:* (minutes: seconds)
1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. Playing time of the current track
The following display appears. Text

T 1:01:57 JAZZ
RIVER SIDE

Time Album name Track name


information Current title and chapter number

2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to (returns to top automatically)


change the time information.
The available time information depends
upon the type of disc you are playing.

,continued 35 36

When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio)/ ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO


Notes Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the
DATA DVD (MP3 audio)
• Depending on the type of disc being played, the choice of language varies.
DVD/CD text or track name may not be
Sound Adjustments
Playing time and number of the When 4 digits are displayed, they
current track displayed.
indicate a language code. See “Language
• The player can only display the first level of the
DVD/CD text, such as the disc name or title.
Changing the Sound Code List” on page 68 to see which
• Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be language the code represents. When the
displayed correctly. same language is displayed two or more
Track name • If you play a disc containing JPEG image files times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in
only, “NO AUDIO DATA” appears when multiple audio formats.
“MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO,”
When playing a DVD VIDEO recorded in ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc
“JPEG” appears when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is
Current album and track number set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” in the front panel display. multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, The types of sound tracks recorded on a
MPEG audio, or DTS), you can change the disc are displayed. The default setting is
audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded underlined.
(returns to top automatically) with multilingual tracks, you can also change Example:
Viewing Information About the Disc

the language. • 1: MAIN (main sound)


With CDs, DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, or • 1: SUB (sub sound)
When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC
VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from • 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound)
functions), or CD
either the right or left channel and listen to the ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or
Playing time and number of the sound of the selected channel through both DATA CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD (MP3
current track the right and left speakers. For example, when audio)
playing a disc containing a song with the The default setting is underlined.
vocals on the right channel and the • STEREO: the standard stereo sound
instruments on the left channel, you can hear • 1/L: the sound of the left channel
Remaining time of the current the instruments from both speakers by (monaural)
track selecting the left channel. • 2/R: the sound of the right channel
(monaural)
◆ When playing a Super VCD
The default setting is underlined.
Playing time of the disc • 1:STEREO: the stereo sound of the
audio track 1
• 1:1/L: the sound of the left channel of
the audio track 1 (monaural)
• 1:2/R: the sound of the right channel of
Remaining time of the disc the audio track 1 (monaural)
• 2:STEREO: the stereo sound of the
audio track 2
• 2:1/L: the sound of the left channel of
the audio track 2 (monaural)
Text
• 2:2/R: the sound of the right channel of
/AUDIO the audio track 2 (monaural)

z Hints
1 Press /AUDIO during playback.
The following display appears.
Notes
• When playing VIDEO CDs without PBC
• While playing a Super VCD on which the audio
functions, the track number and the index number
track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out
are displayed after text. 1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or
• When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions,
“2:2/R.”
the scene number or the playing time are
• When playing DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode: If
displayed.
you connect to an AV amplifier (receiver) using
• Long text that does not fit in a single line will
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)
scroll across the front panel display.
• You can also check the time information and text
using the Control Menu (page 11).
2 Press /AUDIO repeatedly to jack and want to switch between the sound tracks,
set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “D-PCM” in
select the desired audio signal. “AUDIO SETUP.”

37 38

1-9
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

To cancel the setting ◆TVS NIGHT


Checking the audio signal
format
TV Virtual Surround Select “OFF” in step 2. Large sounds, such as explosions, are
suppressed, but the quieter sounds are

You can check the audio signal format by


Settings (TVS) ◆TVS DYNAMIC THEATER unaffected. This feature is useful when you
Creates one set of LARGE virtual rear want to hear the dialogue and enjoy the
pressing /AUDIO repeatedly during When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at
speakers and virtual subwoofer from the
playback. The format of the current audio speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets low volume.
sound of the front speakers (L, R) without
signal (Dolby Digital, DTS, PCM, etc.) you enjoy surround sound effects by using using actual rear speakers and subwoofer ◆TVS STANDARD
appears as shown below. sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers
(shown below). Creates three sets of virtual rear speakers
Example: from the sound of the front speakers (L: left,
This mode is effective when the distance from the sound of the front speakers (L, R)
R: right) without using actual rear speakers.
Dolby Digital 5.1 ch between the front L and R speakers is short, without using actual rear speakers (shown
TVS was developed by Sony to produce
surround sound for home use using just a such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. below). Use this setting when you want to use
Rear (L/R)
stereo TV. TVS with 2 separate speakers.
TV
This only works when playing a multichannel L R
1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 .1 Dolby audio soundtrack. Furthermore, if the Sub
player is set up to output the signal from the woofer

Front (L/R) LFE (Low Frequency DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)


+ Centre Effect) jack, the surround effect will only be heard

Sound Adjustments
when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-
PCM” and “MPEG” is set to “PCM” in ◆TVS DYNAMIC
Example: Creates one set of virtual rear speakers from
“AUDIO SETUP” (page 61).
Dolby Digital 3 ch the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without
using actual rear speakers (shown below).
2:SPANISH DOLBY DIGITAL 2 / 1 This mode is effective when the distance
between the front L and R speakers is short, L: Front speaker (left)
Front (L/R) Rear such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. R: Front speaker (right)
(Monaural) SUR : Virtual speaker
TV
About audio signals Notes
Audio signals recorded in a disc contain the
• When the playing signal does not contain a signal
sound elements (channels) shown below.
for the rear speakers, the surround effects cannot
Each channel is output from a separate be heard.
speaker. • When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off
◆TVS WIDE
• Front (L) the surround setting of the connected TV or
• Front (R)
• Centre
1 Press SUR during playback. Creates five sets of virtual rear speakers from
the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without
amplifier (receiver).
• Make sure that your listening position is between
The following display appears. using actual rear speakers (shown below). and at an equal distance from your speakers, and
• Rear (L)
This mode is effective when the distance that the speakers are located in similar
• Rear (R)
TVS DYNAMIC THEATER between the front L and R speakers is short, surroundings.
• Rear (Monaural): This signal can be either
such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. • Not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT”
the Dolby Surround Sound processed
function in the same way.
signals or the Dolby Digital sound’s TV • The TVS effects do not work when using the Fast
monaural rear audio signals. Play or Slow Play functions, even though you can
• LFE (Low Frequency Effect) signal
2 Press SUR repeatedly to select change the TVS modes.

Notes one of the TVS sounds.


• If “DTS” is set to “OFF” in “AUDIO SETUP” See the explanations given for each item
(page 61) the DTS track selection option will not
in the following section.
appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS
tracks.
• TVS DYNAMIC THEATER
• MPEG audio signals with more than two channels • TVS DYNAMIC
will appear as shown above (3/2.1, 2/1), but only • TVS WIDE
the Front (L) and Front (R) signals will be output • TVS NIGHT
from your two front speakers. • TVS STANDARD

,continued 39 40

Notes
Displaying the Subtitles • Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be Adjusting the Playback
Enjoying Movies able to change the subtitles even if multilingual
subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be
Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE)
Changing the Angles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can
able to turn them off.
• While playing a disc with subtitles, the subtitle
change the subtitles or turn them on and off may disappear when you press FAST PLAY or
whenever you want while playing a DVD. SLOW PLAY button.

If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene You can adjust the video signal of the DVD,
are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, “ ” VIDEO CD or DATA CD/DATA DVD in
appears in the front panel display. This means JPEG format, from the player to obtain the
that you can change the viewing angle. picture quality you want. Choose the setting
that best suits the programme you are
watching. When you select “MEMORY,”
/SUBTITLE
you can make further adjustments to each
element of the picture (colour, brightness,
etc.).
/ANGLE
Enjoying Movies

1 Press /SUBTITLE during


playback.
The following display appears. ENTER
1 Press /ANGLE during playback.
1:ENGLISH
RETURN DISPLAY
The number of the angle appears on the
display.

2
2 Press /SUBTITLE repeatedly to 1 Press DISPLAY during playback
select a setting. (When playing a DATA CD or DATA
DVD with JPEG image files, press
◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO
2 Press /ANGLE repeatedly to Select the language. twice).
select an angle number. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the The Control Menu appears.
choice of language varies.
The scene changes to the selected angle. When 4 digits are displayed, they
indicate a language code. See “Language
2 Press X/x to select
Code List” on page 68 to see which (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE), then
Note language the code represents. press ENTER.
Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc The options for “CUSTOM PICTURE
able to change the angles even if multi-angles are Select “ON.”
recorded on the DVD VIDEO.
MODE” appear.
12(27)
18(34) DVD VIDEO
To turn off the subtitles T 1:32:55
Select “OFF” in step 2.

STANDARD
STANDARD
DYNAMIC 1

,continued 41 42

1-10
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3 Press X/x to select the setting you Adjusting the picture items in
4 Press ENTER.
want.
“MEMORY”
Sharpening the Picture The selected setting takes effect.
The default setting is underlined. (SHARPNESS)
• STANDARD: displays a standard You can adjust each element of the picture
picture. individually. To cancel the “SHARPNESS” setting
• DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold • PICTURE: changes the contrast Select “OFF” in step 3.
dynamic picture by increasing the • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall
picture contrast and the colour brightness
You can enhance the outlines of images to
intensity. • COLOR: makes the colours deeper or
produce a sharper picture.
• DYNAMIC 2: produces a more lighter
dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by • HUE: changes the colour balance
further increasing the picture contrast
and colour intensity.
1 In step 3 of “Adjusting the Playback
Picture,” select “MEMORY” and press
• CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark
areas by increasing the black level. ENTER.
• CINEMA 2: white colours become The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears.
brighter and black colours become
richer, and the colour contrast is ENTER
increased. DISPLAY
• MEMORY: adjusts the picture in

Enjoying Movies
greater detail.
PICTURE 0

4 Press ENTER.
The selected setting takes effect. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture
contrast.
To go to the next or previous picture item 1 Press DISPLAY during playback
z Hint without saving the current setting, press (When playing a DATA CD or DATA
When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or X/x.
“CINEMA 2” is recommended. DVD with JPEG image files, press
3 Press ENTER. twice).
The adjustment is saved, and
“BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar The Control Menu appears.

4
appears.
Repeat step 2 and 3 to adjust
2 Press X/x to select
(SHARPNESS), then press ENTER.
“BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and
“HUE.” The options for “SHARPNESS” appear.

12(27)
18(34) DVD VIDEO
To turn off the display T 1:32:55
Press O RETURN , or DISPLAY.
OFF
1
2
OFF

3 Press X/x to select a level.


• 1: enhances the outline.
• 2: enhances the outline more than 1.

43 44

When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD


Notes and press H, the numbered tracks (or files)
Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG • The player will play any data with the extension are played sequentially, from 1 through 7.
Playing MP3 Audio
Images “.MP3,” “.JPG,” or “.JPEG,” even if they are not
in MP3 or JPEG format. Playing these data may
Any sub-albums/tracks (or files) contained Tracks or JPEG Image
within a currently selected album take
About MP3 Audio Tracks generate a loud noise which could damage your
speaker system. priority over the next album in the same tree. Files
• The player does not conform to audio tracks in (Example: C contains D so 4 is played
and JPEG Image Files mp3PRO format. before 5.) You can play MP3 audio tracks and JPEG
• Some JPEG files cannot be played.
image files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-
MP3 is audio compression technology that When you press MENU and the list of album Rs/CD-RWs) or DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/
satisfies the ISO/IEC MPEG regulations. About playback order of albums, names appears (page 47), the album names DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs).
JPEG is image compression technology. tracks, and files are arranged in the following order:
You can play DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums
contain MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image Albums play in the following order: that do not contain tracks (or files) (such as
files. ◆Structure of disc contents album E) do not appear in the list.
Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5
z Hints PICTURE
DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that the ROOT • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front CLEAR NAVI
player can play of the track/file names when you store the tracks MENU
(or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be ENTER
You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ played in that order.
CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or DATA DVDs (DVD- RETURN
• Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start
ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/ playback, it is recommended that you create
DVD-Rs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio albums with no more than two trees.
Layer III) and JPEG format.
Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images

ZOOM
However, this player only plays DATA CDs Notes
whose logical format is ISO 9660 Level 1/ • Depending on the software you use to create the
Level 2 or Joliet, and DATA DVDs of DATA CD/DATA DVD, the playback order may
Universal Disk Format (UDF). differ from the above illustration.
Refer to the instructions supplied with the • The playback order above may not be applicable z Hint
disc drives and the recording software (not if there are more than 200 albums and 300 tracks/ You can view the disc information while playing
files in each album. MP3 audio tracks (page 35).
supplied) for details on the recording format.
• The player can recognize up to 200 albums (the
player will count just albums, including albums Notes
Note that do not contain MP3 audio tracks and JPEG
• DATA CDs recorded in KODAK Picture CD
The player may not be able to play some DATA image files). The player will not play any albums
format automatically start playing when inserted.
CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write beyond the 200th album.
• If no MP3 audio track or JPEG image file is
format. • Proceeding to the next or another album may take
recorded on the DATA CD/DATA DVD, “No
some time.
audio data” or “No image data” appears on the
MP3 audio track or JPEG image screen.
Album Track or file
file that the player can play
The player can play the following tracks and
files:
– MP3 audio tracks with the extension
“.MP3.”
– JPEG image files with the extension
“.JPEG” or “.JPG.”
– JPEG image files that conform to the DCF*
image file format.
* “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image
standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA
(Japan Electronics and Information Technology
Industries Association).

,continued 45 46

1-11
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

To rotate a JPEG image


Selecting an album Selecting an MP3 audio track Selecting a JPEG image file Press X/x while viewing the image. Each
time you press X, the image rotates
1 Press MENU. 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” counterclockwise by 90 degrees.
The list of albums on the disc appears. press ENTER. press PICTURE NAVI. To return to normal view, press CLEAR.
When an album is being played, its title is The list of tracks in the album appears. The image files in the album appear in 16 Note that the view also returns to normal if
shaded. subscreens. A scroll box is displayed on you press C/c to go to the next or previous
JAZZ the right. image.
1( 30)
1(90) Example: when X is pressed once.
0 1 SHE IS SPECIAL
ROCK BEST HIT 0 2 ALL YOU NEED IS ... 1 2 3 4 Rotating direction
KARAOKE 0 3 SPICY LIFE
JAZZ 0 4 HAPPY HOUR
R&B 0 5 RIVER SIDE
MY FAVORITE SONGS
5 6 7 8
0 6 5
CLASSICAL 0 7 TAKE TIME,TAKE TIME
SALSA OF CUBA
BOSSANOVA 9 10 11 12

2 Press X/x to select a track, and press 13 14 15 16


2 Press X/x to select the album you ENTER.
want to play. Playback starts from the selected track. To display the additional image, select
the bottom images and press x. To return
3 Press H. to the previous image, select the top
Playback starts from the selected album. To stop playback images and press X.
To select MP3 audio tracks, see To magnify a JPEG image (ZOOM)
Press x.
“Selecting an MP3 audio track” 2 Press C/X/x/c to select the image you Press ZOOM while viewing the image. You

Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images


(page 47). want to view, and press ENTER. can enlarge the image up to four times the
To go to the next or previous page
To select JPEG image files, see The selected image appears. original size, and scroll using C/X/x/c.
Press c or C.
“Selecting a JPEG image file” (page 48). Example To return to normal view, press CLEAR.
To return to the previous display ◆When pressed once (x2)
Press O RETURN. The image enlarges twice the original size.
To stop playback ◆When pressed twice (x4)
Press x. To go to the next or previous MP3 audio The image enlarges four times the original
track size.
To go to the next or previous page Press > or . during playback. You can
Press c or C. select the first track of the next album by To stop viewing the JPEG image
pressing > during playback of the last Press x.
To turn on or off the display track of the current album.
Press MENU repeatedly. Note that you cannot return to the previous z Hints
album by using ., and that you need to • While viewing JPEG image files, you can set
z Hint options such as “INTERVAL” (page 50),
select the previous album from the album list.
Of the selected album, you can select to play only To go to the next or previous JPEG image “EFFECT” (page 50), and “SHARPNESS”
the MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or both, by file (page 44).
setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 49). • You can view JPEG images files without MP3
Press C or c during playback. You can select
audio by setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” to
the first file of the next album by pressing c
“IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 49).
during playback of the last file of the current • The date the picture was taken is displayed beside
album. “DATE” in the Control Menu (page 11). Note that
Note that you cannot return to the previous no date may appear depending on the digital
album by using C, and that you need to select camera.
the previous album from the album list.
Note
PICTURE NAVI does not work if “AUDIO (MP3)”
is selected in “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 49).

,continued 47 48

z Hints • SLOW 1: sets a duration longer than


Viewing a slide show with sound
Enjoying JPEG Images as (MODE (MP3, JPEG))
• To repeat both MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image
files in a single album, repeat the same MP3 audio
NORMAL.
• SLOW 2: sets a duration longer than
a Slide Show When JPEG image files and MP3 audio
track or album when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set
to “AUTO.” See “Playing repeatedly (Repeat
SLOW 1.

tracks are placed in the same album, you can Play)” (page 29) to repeat the track or album. 4 Press ENTER.
• The player recognizes a maximum of 200 albums
enjoy a slide show with sound.
regardless of the selected mode. Of each album,
You can play JPEG image files on a DATA 1 Press DISPLAY during stop mode. the player recognizes up to 300 MP3 audio tracks
Note
CD/DATA DVD successively as a slide The Control Menu appears. and 300 JPEG image files when “AUTO” is
show. selected, 600 MP3 audio tracks when “AUDIO Some JPEG files, especially progressive JPEG files
2 Press X/x to select (MODE (MP3)” is selected, 600 JPEG image files when or JPEG files of 3,000,000 pixels or more, may take
(MP3, JPEG)), and press ENTER. “IMAGE (JPEG)” is selected. longer to display than others, which may make the
duration seem longer than the setting you selected.
The options for “MODE (MP3, JPEG)”
appear. Notes
• This function does not work if the MP3 audio Selecting the slides’ appearance
12(27)
18(34) DATA CD MP3
tracks and JPEG image files are not placed in the (EFFECT)
T 32:55 same album.
MENU AUTO • If playing time of JPEG image or MP3 audio is You can select the way the slides are
AUTO longer than the other, the longer one continues
ENTER AUDIO (MP3) displayed during a slide show.
DISPLAY IMAGE (JPEG) without sound or image.
• If you play large MP3 track data and JPEG image 1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a
data at the same time, the sound may skip. It is JPEG image or when the player is in
recommended that you set the MP3 bit rate to 128
stop mode.
kbps or lower when creating the file. If the sound
3 Press X/x to select “AUTO” (default), still skips, then reduce the size of the JPEG file. 2 Press X/x to select (EFFECT),
Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images

and press ENTER. then press ENTER.


1 Press MENU. • AUTO: plays both the JPEG image files Setting the pace for a slide show The options for “EFFECT” appear.
The list of albums on the DATA CD/ and MP3 audio tracks in the same (INTERVAL) 3 ( 1 2)
DATA DVD appears. album as a slide show. 1( 4) DATA CD JPEG
• AUDIO (MP3): plays only MP3 audio You can set the time the slides are displayed 29/10/2006
tracks continuously. on the screen. MODE 1
1( 30)

ROCK BEST HIT


• IMAGE (JPEG): plays only JPEG
image files continuously.
1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a
MODE 1
MODE 2
KARAOKE JPEG image or when the player is in MODE 3
JAZZ
R&B 4 Press MENU. stop mode.
MODE 4
MODE 5
OFF
MY FAVORITE SONGS The list of albums on the DATA CD/ The Control Menu appears.
CLASSICAL
DATA DVD appears.
SALSA OF CUBA
BOSSANOVA 2 Press X/x to select 3 Press X/x to select a setting.
1( 30)
(INTERVAL), then press ENTER. The default setting is underlined.
2 Press X/x to select an album. ROCK BEST HIT
KARAOKE
The options for “INTERVAL” appear.
3 ( 12)
• MODE 1: the image sweeps in from top
to bottom.
JAZZ 1( 4) DATA CD JPEG • MODE 2: the image sweeps in from left
3 Press H. R&B
MY FAVORITE SONGS
29/10/2006
NORMAL
to right.
The JPEG images in the selected album
CLASSICAL NORMAL • MODE 3: the image stretches out from
SALSA OF CUBA FAST
start playing as a slide show. BOSSANOVA SLOW 1
the centre of the screen.
SLOW 2 • MODE 4: the images randomly cycle
through the effects.
To stop playback
5 Press X/x to select the album that • MODE 5: the next image slides over the
Press x.
contains both the MP3 audio tracks previous image.
and JPEG images you want to play. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. • OFF: turns off this function.
Notes 6 Press H. The default setting is underlined. 4 Press ENTER.
• The slide show stops when X/x or ZOOM is A slide show starts with sound. • NORMAL: sets the duration to between
pressed.To resume the slide show, press H. 6 to 9 seconds.
• This function does not work if “MODE (MP3, • FAST: sets a duration shorter than
JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO (MP3)” (page 49). NORMAL.
,continued 49 50

1-12
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3 Press X/x to select To play a disc for which Custom Parental 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,”
Using Various Additional (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press Control is set then press ENTER.
Functions ENTER. 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental ◆ If you have not entered a password
The options for “PARENTAL Control is set. The display for registering a new
CONTROL” appear.
Locking Discs (CUSTOM The “CUSTOM PARENTAL
CONTROL” display appears.
password appears.
12(27) STOP
PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL 18(34) DVD VIDEO
T 1:32:55 PARENTAL CONTROL
CONTROL) CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password,
then press ENTER .
ON Custom parental control is already
You can set two kinds of playback restrictions PLAYER set. To play, enter your password
PASSWORD and press ENTER .
for a disc. OFF
• Custom Parental Control
You can set playback restrictions so that the
player will not play inappropriate discs. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then
2 Enter your 4-digit password using the
Enter a 4-digit password using the
number buttons, then press ENTER.
• Parental Control press ENTER.
Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password
limited according to a predetermined level ◆ If you have not entered a password The player is ready for playback. appears.
such as the age of the users. Scenes may be The display for registering a new ◆ When you have already registered a
blocked or replaced with different scenes. password appears. z Hint password
If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit
The same password is used for both Parental The display for entering the password
number “199703” using the number buttons when
Control and Custom Parental Control. the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display
appears.
PARENTAL CONTROL

Enter a new 4-digit password,


asks you for your password, then press ENTER.
The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit
4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password
then press ENTER . using the number buttons, then press
password.
Number ENTER.
buttons The display for setting the playback
Parental Control (limited limitation level appears.
playback)
Using Various Additional Functions

Enter a 4-digit password using the


ENTER number buttons, then press ENTER. Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be
PARENTAL CONTROL
The display for confirming the password limited according to a predetermined level LEVEL: OFF
DISPLAY
appears. such as the age of the users. The STANDARD: USA

◆ When you have already registered a “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows


password you to set a playback limitation level.
The display for entering the password
appears.
1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in
stop mode.
5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password The Control Menu appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,”
using the number buttons, then press then press ENTER.
ENTER.
2 Press X/x to select
The selection items for “STANDARD”
Custom Parental Control (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press
“Custom parental control is set.” appears are displayed.
and then the screen returns to the Control ENTER.
Menu. The options for “PARENTAL
You can set the same Custom Parental
CONTROL” appear. PARENTAL CONTROL
Control password for up to 40 discs. When LEVEL: OFF
you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is To turn off the Custom Parental Control 12(27) STOP STANDARD: USA
cancelled. 18(34) DVD VIDEO USA
function T 1:32:55 OTHERS
1 Insert the disc you want to lock. 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Custom Parental
If the disc is playing, press x to stop Control.” ON
playback. PLAYER
2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press PASSWORD
6 Press X/x to select a geographic area
2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in ENTER. OFF
as the playback limitation level, then
stop mode. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the
The Control Menu appears. press ENTER.
number buttons, then press ENTER.
,continued 51 52

The area is selected. z Hint


When you select “OTHERS t,” select Controlling other TVs with the
and enter a standard code in the table on
If you forget your password, remove the disc and
repeat steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited Controlling Your TV with remote
page 68 using the number buttons. playback).” When you are asked to enter your
password, enter “199703” using the number
the Supplied Remote You can control the sound level, input source,
7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask and power switch of non-Sony TVs as well.
press ENTER. you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter You can control the sound level, input source, If your TV is listed in the table below, set the
a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the and power switch of your Sony TV with the
The selection items for “LEVEL” are appropriate manufacturer’s code.
player and press H. When the display for entering supplied remote.
displayed. your password appears, enter your new password.
TV
1 While holding down TV [/1, press the
Notes number buttons to select your TV’s
PARENTAL CONTROL
LEVEL: OFF • When you play discs which do not have the manufacturer’s code (see the table
STANDARD: OFF Parental Control function, playback cannot be Number below).
2/VOL +/–
8: limited on this player. buttons
7:
6:
NC17
R • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to t/TV/VIDEO 2 Release TV [/1.
5: change the parental control level while playing
the disc. In this case, enter your password, then
change the level. If the Resume Play mode is Code numbers of controllable TVs
8 Select the level you want using X/x, cancelled, the level returns to the previous level. If more than one code number is listed, try
then press ENTER. entering them one at a time until you find the
Parental Control setting is complete. Changing the password one that works with your TV.
1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in ◆For RMT-D175P remote commander only
PARENTAL CONTROL stop mode. Manufacturer Code number
LEVEL: 4: PG13
STANDARD: USA
The Control Menu appears.
Sony 01 (default)
2 Press X/x to select
You can control your TV using the buttons Aiwa 01 (default)
(PARENTAL CONTROL), then press below.
ENTER. Grundig 11
The options for “PARENTAL By pressing You can Hitachi 24
Using Various Additional Functions

The lower the value, the stricter the CONTROL” appear.


TV [/1 Turn the TV on or off JVC 33
limitation.
3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD 2/VOL +/– Adjust the volume of the TV LG 06
t,” then press ENTER.
The display for entering the password t/TV/VIDEO Switch the TV’s input source Loewe 06
To turn off the Parental Control function between the TV and other
Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in step 8. appears. Panasonic 17, 49
input sources.

To play a disc for which Parental Control is


4 Enter your 4-digit password using the Philips 06, 08
number buttons, then press ENTER. Note Samsung 06, 71
set
1 Insert the disc and press H.
5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the
Depending on the connected unit, you may not be
able to control your TV using all or some of the
Sanyo 25
number buttons, then press ENTER. buttons on the supplied remote. Sharp 29
The display for entering your password
appears. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it Thomson 43
2 Enter your 4-digit password using the using the number buttons, then press Toshiba 38
number buttons, then press ENTER. ENTER.
The player starts playback.

If you make a mistake entering your


password
Press C before you press ENTER and input
the correct number.

53 54

1-13
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

◆For RMT-D175A remote commander only 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,”


Manufacturer Code number then press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Sony 01 (default) The Setup Display appears.

Daewoo 04, 22 Using the Setup Display LANGUAGE SETUP


OSD: ENGLISH
Hitachi 02, 04 MENU: ENGLISH
AUDIO: ORIGINAL
By using the Setup Display, you can make SUBTITLE: ENGLISH
JVC 09
various adjustments to items such as picture
LG/Goldstar 04 and sound. You can also set a language for the
MGA/Mitsubishi 04, 13 subtitles and the Setup Display, among other
things.
Panasonic 19 For details on each Setup Display item, see
Philips 21 pages from 57 to 61. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item
RCA 04, 10 from the displayed list:
Note “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN
Samsung 04, 20
Playback settings stored in the disc take priority
Sharp 18 over the Setup Display settings and not all of the SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” or
functions described may work. “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press
Toshiba 07, 18
ENTER.
Notes The Setup item is selected.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the Example: “SCREEN SETUP”
code number you have set may be reset to the
default setting. Set the appropriate code number Selected item
again.
• Depending on the connected unit, you may not be
SCREEN SETUP
able to control your TV using all or some of the ENTER TV TYPE: 16:9
buttons on the supplied remote. COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD): AUTO
DISPLAY SCREEN SAVER: ON
BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE
Using Various Additional Functions

4:3 OUTPUT: FULL

Setup items

5 Press X/x to select an item, then


1 Press DISPLAY when the player is press ENTER.
in stop mode. The options for the selected item appear.
The Control Menu appears. Example: “TV TYPE”

2 Press X/x to select SCREEN SETUP


TV TYPE:
COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD):
16:9
16:9
(SETUP), then press ENTER. SCREEN SAVER: 4:3 LETTER BOX
BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN
The options for “SETUP” appear. 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL

( 47 ) STOP
DVD VIDEO
: : Options

QUICK
CUSTOM
RESET
QUICK

55 56

6 Press X/x to select a setting, then Note


press ENTER. Setting the Display or Settings for the Display Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may
The setting is selected and setup is Sound Track Language (SCREEN SETUP) be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN
SCAN” or vice versa.
complete.
Example: “4:3 PAN SCAN” (LANGUAGE SETUP) ◆ COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD)
Choose settings according to the TV to be
Selected setting connected. Selects the color system when you play a
“LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set VIDEO CD.
SCREEN SETUP various languages for the on-screen display or Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup
TV TYPE: 4:3 PAN SCAN sound track. AUTO Outputs the video signal in the
COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD): AUTO Display. To use the display, see “Using the system of the VIDEO CD,
SCREEN SAVER: ON Setup Display” (page 56). either PAL or NTSC. If your
BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup
4:3 OUTPUT: FULL The default settings are underlined. TV is the DUAL system, select
Display. To use the display, see “Using the AUTO.
Setup Display” (page 56). SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE: 16:9 PAL Changes the video signals of an
COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD): AUTO
LANGUAGE SETUP SCREEN SAVER: ON NTSC VIDEO CD and outputs
OSD: ENGLISH BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE it in the PAL system.
MENU: ENGLISH 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL
AUDIO: ORIGINAL NTSC Changes the video signals of a
SUBTITLE: ENGLISH
To enter the Quick Setup mode PAL VIDEO CD and outputs it
in the NTSC system.
Select “QUICK” in step 3. Follow from step
5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make
◆ TV TYPE ◆ SCREEN SAVER
basic adjustments (page 20).
Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV The screen saver image appears when you
To reset all of the “SETUP” settings ◆ OSD (On-Screen Display) (4:3 standard or wide). leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15
Switches the display language on the screen. 16:9 Select this when you connect a minutes, or when you play a CD, or DATA
1 Select “RESET” in step 3 and press
wide-screen TV or a TV with a CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio)
ENTER. ◆ MENU (DVD VIDEO only) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver
wide mode function.
You can select the desired language for the
2 Select “YES” using X/x.
4:3 Select this when you connect a
will help prevent your display device from
disc’s menu. becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to
You can also quit the process and return LETTER 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide
to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” ◆ AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) BOX picture with bands on the upper turn off the screen saver.
here. Switches the language of the sound track. and lower portions of the ON Turns on the screen saver.
3 Press ENTER. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language screen.
Settings and Adjustments

given priority in the disc is selected. OFF Turns off the screen saver.
All the settings explained on pages 57 to 4:3 Select this when you connect a
61 return to the default settings. Do not PAN SCAN 4:3 screen TV. Automatically
◆ SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) ◆ BACKGROUND
press [/1 while resetting the player, displays the wide picture on the
Switches the language of the subtitle recorded entire screen and cuts off the Selects the background colour or picture on
which takes a few seconds to complete.
on the DVD VIDEO. portions that do not fit. the TV screen when the player is in stop mode
When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the or while playing a CD, or DATA CD (MP3
language for the subtitles changes according audio)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio).
to the language you selected for the sound 16:9
track. JACKET The jacket picture (still picture)
PICTURE appears, but only when the
z Hint jacket picture is already
If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” recorded on the disc (CD-
“SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO,” select and enter a 4:3 LETTER BOX EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does
language code from “Language Code List” on not contain a jacket picture, the
page 68 using the number buttons. “GRAPHICS” picture appears.
GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the
Note player appears.
4:3 PAN SCAN
If you select a language in “MENU,” BLUE The background colour is blue.
“SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on
a DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will BLACK The background colour is
be automatically selected. black.

57 58

1-14
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

◆ 4:3 OUTPUT ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR


This setting is effective only when you set
“TV TYPE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to
Custom Settings (CUSTOM mode only)
Selects the picture in pause mode.
Settings for the Sound
“16:9.” SETUP) (AUDIO SETUP)
Adjust this to watch 4:3 aspect ratio AUTO The picture, including subjects
that move dynamically, is
progressive signals. If you can change the Use this to set up playback related and other output with no jitter. Normally “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound
aspect ratio on your progressive format settings. select this position. according to the playback and connection
(525p/625p) compatible TV, change the conditions.
setting on your TV, not the player. This FRAME The picture, including subjects
Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup that do not move dynamically,
setting is effective only when Display. To use the display, see “Using the Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup
is output in high resolution.
“PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or Setup Display” (page 56). Display. To use the display, see “Using the
“PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” is selected by The default settings are underlined. Setup Display” (page 56).
using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) The default settings are underlined.
panel. CUSTOM SETUP Gives the sound track which contains the
AUTO POWER OFF: OFF highest number of channels priority when you AUDIO SETUP
AUTO PLAY: OFF AUDIO DRC: STANDARD
FULL Select this when you can DIMMER: BRIGHT play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND
change the aspect ratio on your PAUSE MODE: AUTO
formats (PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, or Dolby DIGITAL OUT: ON
TRACK SELECTION: OFF DOLBY DIGITAL: D-PCM
TV. ON
MULTI-DISC RESUME: Digital format) are recorded. MPEG: PCM
DTS: OFF
NORMAL Select this when you cannot 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit
change the aspect ratio on your OFF No priority given.
TV. Shows a 16:9 aspect ratio AUTO Priority given.
signal with black bands on left
◆ AUTO POWER OFF
and right sides of the image.
Switches the Auto Power Off setting on or ◆ AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control)
off. Notes (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only)
• When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language Makes the sound clear when the volume is
OFF Switches this function off. may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting turned down when playing a DVD that
ON The player enters standby mode has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in conforms to “AUDIO DRC.”
when left in stop mode for more “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 57). This function affects the output from the
16:9 aspect ratio TV than 30 minutes. • If you set “DTS” to “OFF” (page 61), the DTS following jacks:
sound track is not played even if you set “TRACK – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks
SELECTION” to “AUTO.”
– DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)
◆ AUTO PLAY • If PCM, DTS, MPEG audio, and Dolby Digital
sound tracks have the same number of channels,
jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set
Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This
Settings and Adjustments

the player selects PCM, DTS, MPEG audio, and to “D-PCM” (page 61).
function is useful when the player is
connected to a timer (not supplied). Dolby Digital sound tracks in this order. STANDARD Normally select this position.
OFF Switches this function off. ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ TV MODE Makes low sounds clear even if
VIDEO CD only) you turn the volume down.
ON Automatically starts playback
Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or WIDE Gives you the feeling of being
when the player is turned on by
a timer (not supplied). off. Resume playback can be stored in RANGE at a live performance.
memory for up to 6 different DVD VIDEOs/
VIDEO CDs (page 24).
◆ DIMMER ◆ DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode
Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ON Stores the resume setting in only)
memory for up to 6 discs. Switches the method for mixing down to 2
BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. channels when you play a DVD which has
OFF Does not store the resume
DARK Makes the lighting dark. setting in memory. Playback rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded
restarts at the resume point only in Dolby Digital format. For details on the
for the current disc in the player. rear signal components, see “Checking the
audio signal format” (page 39). This function
affects the output of the following jacks:
Note – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks
If you run Quick Setup, Multi-disc Resume setting – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)
stored in memory may return to the default settings. jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to
“D-PCM” (page 61).

,continued 59 60

◆ MPEG (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) , Even if your player connect to


DOLBY Normally, select this position. COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, and
SUR- Multi-channel audio signals are
Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.
Additional Information your TV is compatible with progressive
ROUND output to 2 channels for enjoying PCM Select this when the player is format 525p/625p signals, the image may be
surround sounds. connected to an audio affected when you set the player to
NORMAL Multi-channel audio signals are component without a built-in
MPEG decoder. If you play
Troubleshooting progressive format. In this case, select
downmixed to 2 channels for use “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” using the
with your stereo. multi-channel MPEG audio PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel
sound tracks, only the Front (L) If you experience any of the following
difficulties while using the player, use this so that the PROGRESSIVE indicator turns
and Front (R) signals will be
off and the player is set to normal (interlace)
◆ DIGITAL OUT output from your two front troubleshooting guide to help remedy the
speakers. format.
Selects if audio signals are output via the problem before requesting repairs. Should
, If your player is connected to the LINE
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) MPEG Select this when the player is any problem persist, consult your nearest OUT or S VIDEO OUT jacks and no picture
jack. connected to an audio Sony dealer. appears, press the PROGRESSIVE button
component with a built-in repeatedly until the picture appears.
ON Normally select this position. When
MPEG decoder. Power
you select “ON,” see “Setting the
digital output signal” for further The picture does not fill the screen, even
The power is not turned on.
settings. ◆ DTS though the aspect ratio is set in “TV TYPE”
, Check that the mains lead is connected
OFF The influence of the digital circuit Selects whether or not to output DTS signals. under “SCREEN SETUP.”
securely.
upon the analog circuit is minimal. , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your
OFF Select this when the player is
connected to an audio Picture DVD.
Setting the digital output signal component without a built-in
DTS decoder. There is no picture/picture noise appears. Sound
Switches the method of outputting audio ON Select this when the player is , Re-connect the connecting cord securely.
signals when you connect a component such connected to an audio , The connecting cords are damaged. There is no sound.
as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a component with a built-in DTS , Check the connection to your TV (page 15) , Re-connect the connecting cord securely.
digital input jack. decoder. and switch the input selector on your TV so , The connecting cord is damaged.
For connection details, see page 18. that the signal from the player appears on , The player is connected to the wrong input
Select “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG,” the TV screen. jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 18).
“DTS,” and “48kHz/96kHz PCM” after
◆ 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEO only) , The disc is dirty or flawed. , The amplifier (receiver) input is not
setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” Selects the sampling frequency of the audio , If the picture output from your player goes correctly set.
If you connect a component that is signal. through your VCR to get to your TV or if , The player is in pause mode or in Slow-
incompatible with the selected audio signal, a you are connected to a combination TV/ motion Play mode.
Settings and Adjustments

48kHz/16bit The audio signals of DVD


loud noise (or no sound) may be heard from VIDEOs are always converted VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse
the speakers, risking damage to your ears or to 48kHz/16bit. applied to some DVD programmes could mode.
affect picture quality. If you still experience , If the audio signal does not come through
speakers. 96kHz/24bit All types of signals including problems even when you connect your the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or
◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR 96kHz/24bit are output in their player directly to your TV, try connecting COAXIAL) jack, check the audio settings
original format. However, if the your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 61).
mode only) signal is encrypted for
Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. (page 15). , While playing a Super VCD on which the
copyright protection purposes, , The disc is recorded in a colour system that audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will
the signal is only output as
D-PCM Select this when the player is is different from your TV. come out when you select “2:STEREO,”
48kHz/16bit.
connected to an audio , If your player connect to COMPONENT “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.”
component without a built-in VIDEO OUT jacks, and you have selected , When playing multichannel MPEG audio
Dolby Digital decoder. You can Note “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or soundtracks, only the Front (L) and Front
select whether the signals “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” using the (R) signals will be output from two front
conform to Dolby Surround The analogue audio signals from the LINE OUT L/
R (AUDIO) jacks are not affected by this setting PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel speakers.
(Pro Logic) or not by making (the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up)
adjustments to the and keep their original sampling frequency level.
even though your TV cannot accept the
“DOWNMIX” item in The sound volume is low.
progressive signal. In this case, select
“AUDIO SETUP” (page 60). , The sound volume is low on some DVDs.
“NORMAL (INTERLACE)” so that the
The sound volume may improve if you set
DOLBY Select this when the player is PROGRESSIVE indicator turns off.
“AUDIO DRC” in “AUDIO SETUP” to
DIGITAL connected to an audio , If the colour system of your player does not
component with a built-in “TV MODE” (page 60).
match with that of your TV, change the
Dolby Digital decoder. colour system of the player. For details, see
page 16. (You cannot change the colour
system of the DVD disc itself.)
61 62

1-15
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

, The image is larger than 3072 (width) × , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the , The JPEG image file format does not
Operation 2048 (height) in normal mode, or more than DVD being played. conform to DCF (page 45).
3,300,000 pixels in progressive JPEG. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the , The JPEG image file has the extension
The remote does not function. (Some progressive JPEG files cannot be language for the sound track. “.JPG” or “.JPEG,” but is not in JPEG
, The batteries in the remote are weak. displayed even if the file size is within this format.
, There are obstacles between the remote and specified capacity.)
the player. The subtitle language cannot be changed
, The image does not fit the screen (the image
, The distance between the remote and the or turned off.
is reduced).
player is too far. , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the
, The remote is not pointed at the remote (MP3)” (page 49). direct selection button on the remote
sensor on the player. (page 25).
, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on
The MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image the DVD being played.
The disc does not play. files start playing simultaneously. , The DVD prohibits the changing of
, The disc is turned over.
, “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO” subtitles.
Insert the disc with the playback side facing
(page 49).
down.
, The disc is skewed. The angles cannot be changed.
, The player cannot play certain discs The album/track/file names are not , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the
(page 6). displayed correctly. direct selection button on the remote
, The region code on the DVD does not match , The player can only display numbers and (page 25).
the player. alphabet. Other characters are displayed as , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD
, Moisture has condensed inside the player “*”. being played.
(page 3). , The angle can only be changed when the
, The player cannot play a recorded disc that “ ” indicator lights up on the front panel
The disc does not start playing from the
is not correctly finalized (page 7). display (page 9).
beginning. , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles.
, Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play,
The MP3 audio track cannot be played or A-B Repeat Play is selected (page 27).
(page 46). , Resume play has taken effect (page 24). The player does not operate properly.
, The DATA CD is not recorded in an MP3 , When static electricity, etc., causes the
format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ The player starts playing the disc player to operate abnormally, unplug the
Level 2 or Joliet. automatically. player.
, The DATA DVD is not recorded in MP3 , The disc features an auto playback function.
format that conforms to UDF (Universal , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the
Disk Format). set to “ON” (page 59). screen and on the front panel display.
, The MP3 audio track does not have the
, The self-diagnosis function was activated.
extension “.MP3.” Playback stops automatically. (See the table on page 65.)
Additional Information

, The data is not formatted in MP3 even


, While playing discs with an auto pause
though it has the extension “.MP3.”
signal, the player stops playback at the auto
, The data is not MPEG-1 Audio Layer III pause signal.
The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED”
data. appears on the front panel display.
, The player cannot play audio tracks in , Child Lock is set (page 23).
mp3PRO format. Some functions such as Stop, Fast Play
, “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE and Slow Play, Slow-motion Play, Repeat
(JPEG)” (page 49). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY
Play, Shuffle Play, or Programme Play
LOCKED” appears on the front panel
cannot be performed.
display.
The JPEG image file cannot be played , Depending on the disc, you may not be able
to do some of the operations above. Refer to , Contact your Sony dealer or local
(page 46). authorized Sony service facility.
, The DATA CD is not recorded in a JPEG the operating manual that comes with the
format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ disc.
Level 2, or Joliet. “Data error” appears on the TV screen
, The DATA DVD is not recorded in JPEG The language for the sound track cannot when playing a DATA CD or DATA DVD.
format that conforms to UDF (Universal be changed. , The MP3 audio track/JPEG image file you
Disk Format). want to play is broken.
, Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the
, The file has an extension other than , The data is not MPEG-1 Audio Layer III
direct selection button on the remote
“.JPEG” or “.JPG.” data.
(page 25).
,continued 63 64

9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided


MPEG audio (page 19, 61)
Self-diagnosis Function Glossary DVD is 17 GB.
The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, a
International standard coding system used to
compress audio digital signals authorized by
(When letters/numbers appear in the worldwide standard of digital compression
ISO/IEC. MPEG 1 conforms to up to 2-
Album (page 45, 47) technology. The picture data is compressed to
display) A unit in which to store JPEG image files or channel stereo. MPEG 2, used on DVDs,
about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The
MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD/DATA conforms to up to 7.1-channel surround.
DVD also uses a variable rate coding
When the self-diagnosis function is activated DVD. (“Album” is an exclusive definition for technology that changes the data to be
to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a this player.) allocated according to the status of the Normal (Interlace) format (page 17)
five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) picture. Audio information is recorded in a Normal (Interlace) format shows every other
with a combination of a letter and four digits Chapter (page 9) multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, line of an image as a single “field” and is the
appears on the screen and the front panel Sections of a picture or a music feature that allowing you to enjoy a more realistic audio standard method for displaying images on
display. In this case, check the following are smaller than titles. A title is composed of presence. television. The even number field shows the
table. several chapters. Depending on the disc, no Furthermore, various advanced functions even numbered lines of an image, and the odd
chapters may be recorded. such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and numbered field shows the odd numbered lines
C:13:50 Parental Control functions are provided with of an image.
the DVD.
Dolby Digital (page 19, 61)
Digital audio compression technology Progressive format (page 17)
developed by Dolby Laboratories. This DVD-RW (page 5) Compared to the Interlace format that
technology conforms to multi-channel A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable alternately shows every other line of an image
surround sound. The rear channel is stereo disc that is the same size as a DVD VIDEO. (field) to create one frame, the Progressive
First three Cause and/or corrective The DVD-RW has two different modes: VR format shows the entire image at once as a
characters of action
and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in
this format. Dolby Digital provides the same mode and Video mode. DVD-RWs created in single frame. This means that while the
the service
discrete channels of high quality digital audio Video mode have the same format as a DVD Interlace format can show 25 or 30 frames
number
found in “Dolby Digital” theatre surround VIDEO, while discs created in VR (Video (50-60 fields) in one second, the Progressive
C 13 The disc is dirty or recorded sound systems. Good channel separation is Recording) mode allow the contents to be format can show 50-60 frames in one second.
in a format that this player programmed or edited. The overall picture quality increases and still
cannot play (page 6).
realized because all of the channel data is
recorded discretely and little deterioration is images, text, and horizontal lines appear
, Clean the disc with a
realized because all channel data processing DVD+RW (page 5) sharper. This player is compatible with the
cleaning cloth or check its
format (page 2). is digital. 525 or 625 progressive format.
A DVD+RW (plus RW) is a recordable and
C 31 The disc is not inserted rewritable disc. DVD+RWs use a recording
correctly. DTS (page 19, 61) format that is comparable to the DVD VIDEO Progressive JPEG
, Re-insert the disc Digital audio compression technology that format. Progressive JPEGs are used mostly on the
correctly. Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This internet. They are different from other JPEGs
Additional Information

technology conforms to multi-channel File (page 45, 48) in that they “fade in” gradually instead of
E XX To prevent a malfunction, the
(xx is a number) player has performed the surround sound. The rear channel is stereo being drawn from top to bottom when
A JPEG image recorded on a DATA CD/
self-diagnosis function. and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in displayed on a browser. This lets you view the
DATA DVD (“File” is an exclusive
, Contact your nearest this format. DTS provides the same discrete definition for this player.) A single file
image while it is being downloaded.
Sony dealer or local channels of high quality digital audio. consists of a single image or movie.
authorized Sony service Good channel separation is realized because Title (page 9)
facility and give the 5- all of the channel data is recorded discretely
character service number. Film based software, Video based The longest section of a picture or music
Example: E 61 10
and little deterioration is realized because all feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video
channel data processing is digital. software (page 17)
software, or the entire album in audio
DVDs can be classified as Film based or
software.
Video based software. Film based DVDs
DVD VIDEO (page 5) contain the same images (24 frames per
A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving second) that are shown at movie theatres.
pictures even though its diameter is the same Video based DVDs, such as television
as a CD. dramas or sit-coms, displays images at 30
The data capacity of a single-layer and single- frames/60 fields (25 frames/50 fields) per
sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 second.
times that of a CD. The data capacity of a
double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5
GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is
,continued 65 66

1-16
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Specifications
System General
Laser: Semiconductor laser Power requirements:
Signal format system: PAL/NTSC (See Taiwan model: 110 V AC, 60 Hz
page 16 to switch) Model for other areas: 110 – 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Audio characteristics See page 2 for further information.
Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM Power consumption: 9 W
48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)/ Dimensions (approx.):
CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) 430 × 43 × 208.8 mm (width/height/
Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB depth) incl. projecting parts
(LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks only) Mass (approx.): 1.74 kg
Harmonic distortion: 0.01 % Operating temperature: 5 ° C to 35 ° C
Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 85 dB/ Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 %
CD: 85 dB
Wow and flutter: Less than detected value Supplied accessories
(±0.001% W PEAK) See page 14.

Outputs Specifications and design are subject to


(Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load change without notice.
impedance)
LINE OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/ ENERGY STARR is a U.S. registered mark.
10 kilohms As an ENERGY STARR Partner, Sony
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical Corporation has determined that this product
output jack/–18 dBm (wave length meets the ENERGY STARR guidelines for
660 nm) energy efficiency.
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB,
PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB,
PR/ CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms
LINE OUT (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/
Additional Information

75 ohms
S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/
Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL),
0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms

67

1-17E
1-17
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY

Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. UPPER CASE

4 Two Tapping Screws

3 Tray Cover

5 Three Tapping Screws

1 Chassis Back

2-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY, SWITCH BOARD and MC BOARD


a). (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

5 Claw

4 Claw

3 Claw

2 Claw

e
8 Front Panel Assembly e 1 Claw
7 Three Screws
+BVTP2.6 (3CR)
6 FSW-001 Flat Flexible Cable
(CN001, 7P)
9 SW-468 Board

2-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

b). (DVP-NS15)

5 Claw

4 Claw

3 Claw

2 Claw

e
e 1 Claw
8 Front Panel Assembly
7 Two Screws
+BVTP2.6 (3CR)
6 FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable
(CN002, 9P)
9 SW-467 Board

c). (DVP-K56P)

6 Claw

5 Claw

4 Claw
j
3 Claw
qd SW-469 Board 2 Claw
e e
9 Front Panel Assembly 1 One Screw
j +BV3 (3-CR)

q; Two Screws
+BVTP2.6 (3CR)
8 MC-089 Harness
qs Two Screws (CN501, 6P)
+BVTP2.6 (3CR) qa MC-161 Board

7 FSW-001 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN051, 7P)

2-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

d). (DVP-NS51P)

5 Claw

4 Claw

3 Claw

2 Claw
1 Claw
7 Front Panel Assembly e e

8 Two Screws
+BVTP2.6 (3CR)
9 SW-475 Board

6 FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN002, 9P)

2-3. LOADING ASSEMBLY


a). (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/NS51P)

4 Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

5 Loading Assembly
1 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P)

2 MD-111 Harness (CN201, 6P)

3 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN202, 5P)

a
a

2-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

b). (DVP-NS15)

4 Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

5 Loading Assembly
1 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P)

2 MD-111 Harness (CN201, 6P)

3 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN202, 5P)

a
a

c). (DVP-K56P)

4 Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

5 Loading Assembly
1 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P)

2 MD-111 Harness (CN201, 6P)

3 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN202, 5P)

a
a

2-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-4. OPTICAL PICK-UP


Note:
(DEVICE, OPTICAL KHM-313CAA/C2RP)
Solder shortland before remove the
FMO-009 Flat Flaxible Cable from
24 pin BU connector.

Shortland Position

6 Two Insulator

3 Optical Device 5 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P)


(KHM-313CAA/C2RP)

6 Two Insulator

4 MD-111 Harness (CN201, 6P)

1 Four Insulator Screws

2 FFC Holder

Caution Point on the Laser Diode:


Laser Diode in the optical Device is very sensitive to Surge Current or
ElectroStatic Discharge (ESD):

After take-out FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable from CN101 of


MV-47/MV-48 board immediately ground FMO-009 Flat
Flexible Cable pattern using short clip. Metal paper clip can be
used as short clip.

2-5
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-5. REAR PANEL, MV BOARD and IF BOARD


Note:
a). (NS43P/NS53P/NS51P)
Caution Point on the
PWB IF-143/IF-144 and IF-145
When handling IF-143/IF-144 and IF-145 PWB
avoid contact with the sharp metal edge on the
top side of Vacuum Fluorescent Display (ND401).

6 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable


7 PM-127 Harness
(CN101, 24P)
a (CN501, 10P)
8 Five Screws
5 MD-111 Harness +BV3 (3-CR)
(CN201, 6P)

4 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN202, 5P)
9 MV-47 Board

a 1 Tapping Screw

2 Three Screws
l +BV3 (3-CR)

3 Rear Panel
o

q; Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

qs IF-145 Board

q; Three Screws qa FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable


+BV3 (3-CR) (CN403, 9P)
DVP-NS51P

qa FSW-001 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN403, 7P)
qs IF-144 Board

DVP-NS43P/NS53P

2-6
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

b). (DVP-NS15)

6 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable 7 PM-127 Harness


(CN101, 24P) a (CN501, 10P)
8 Five Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)
5 MD-111 Harness
(CN201, 6P)

4 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN202, 5P) 9 MV-48 Board

a 1 Tapping Screw

2 Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

3 Rear Panel

q; Two Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)
9

qa FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN403, 9P)
qs IF-143 Board

2-7
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

c). (DVP-K56P)

6 FMO-009 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN101, 24P) 7 PM-127 Harness
a (CN501, 10P)
8 Five Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)
5 MD-111 Harness
(CN201, 6P)
4 FMS-010 Flat Flexible Cable
(CN202, 5P) 9 MV-47 Board
b
0 MC-089 Harness
(CN404, 6P)

a 1 Tapping Screw

2 Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)
l
3 Rear Panel

q; Three Screws
+BV3 (3-CR)

qa FSW-001 Flat Flexible Cable


(CN403, 7P)
qs IF-144 Board

2-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-6. SWITCHING REGULATOR

2 Two Screws
1 Connector +BV3 (3-CR)
(PM-127 Harness,
CN201, 10P)
3 Power Board

2-9
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-7. INTERNAL VIEWS

TOP VIEW

Optical Pick-Up MS-203 MOUNT


(Device, Optical
KHM-313CAA/C2RP/
Service Assembly)

BOTTOM VIEW

2-10
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-8. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION


a). (NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

b). (DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

2-11
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

c). (DVP-K56P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

d). (DVP-NS51P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

2-12E
2-12
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM

MC-161 BOARD
(DVP-K56P ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 3-15 to 3-16) ECHO SET
R532

SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY) SW-467 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20) (SEE PAGE 3-21 to 3-22)
SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY) SW-475 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY) IC502 IC503
(SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20) (SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20) MIC AMP MIC AMP

KEY KEY IC001 5 7 6 7


LED LED
FUNCTION FUNCTION
IR RECEIVER
R530
2 1 2 1

MIC VR
R501

2
EXCEPT DVP-NS15 *EXCEPT DVP-NS15/NS51P
IC504

IN
ND401 IC406
Q501, Q502 ECHO Q503, Q505
VFD IR RECEIVER
MIC DETE CT OUT MUTE DRIVER
9

IF-144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)


VFD DRIVER Vkk

IF-145 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)


IF-143 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) CIRCUIT
IC404
EVER 3.3V
EXCEPT DVP-NS15 EXCEPT DVP-NS15

SW-10V
IF
(SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20)

(SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20)


(SEE PAGE 3-21to 3-22)

IC407 MICON
IC408 J301
SWITCHING REGULATOR 3.3V
SRV1872WW RESET IC AUDIO/VIDEO
REGULATOR IC
OUTPUT
(Except DVP-NS53P:MX) EVER +5V
SRV1873UC
(DVP-NS53P:MX) BASE UNIT
DVP-NS15 ONLY (DEVICE, OPTICAL
KHM-313CAA/C2RP)
CN301

AUDIO/VIDEO
INLIMIT
OUTPUT
SENSOR
MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)

MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)

DVP-K56P ONLY
IC304
IC102 IC402
IC103 VIDEO
FLASH BUFFER MUTE DRIVER
(SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6)

(SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8)

EEPROM DVD / CD
MEMORY AUDIO
PDIC
PRIMARY

AMPLIFIER

• Abbreviation
AEP : AEP Model IC401
AR : Argentina Model AUDIO AMPLIFIER
FOCUS
COIL
AUS : Australia/New Zealand Model
BR : Brazilian Model
TRANSFORMER
CH : Chinese Model MICROPROCESSOR SERIAL BUS
IC201
TRACKING
COIL
E : Latin America Model
EA : Saudi Arabia Model
FOCUS
HK : Hong Kong Model EVER-10V TRACKING COIL
IN : India Model DRIVE
SPINDLE
SPINDLE/SLED M
IR : Iran Model EVER+5V IC108 MOTOR
IC101 /LOADING
RESET IC MOTOR DRIVE
KR : Korean Model SW+8V
(SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4)
SECONDARY

ME2 : Middle East Model


POWER LINE

SW+5V
M
ME5 : IND,PAK,MAR Model SLED MOTOR

MX : Mexican Model SW+3.3V


RF AMP
MY : Malaysian Model
O/I POWER EVER+5V
RUS : Russian Model
SP : Singapore Model M
LOADING
P-CONT MOTOR
TW : Taiwan Model
UK : UK Model
VN : Vietnam Model IC104 CHUCK/TRAY
DETECT
SDRAM

Notes:
MV-47/MV-48 mounted PWB must be replaced if
IC103 (EEPROM IC) is damaged or not functioning.

The old MV-47/MV-48 mounted PWB must be completely disposed.

3-1 3-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-2. POWER LINE BLOCK DIAGRAM

POWER BOARD MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)


(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
(SRV1872WW)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS53P: MX) MV-48 BOARD (DVPNS15 ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
(SRV1873UC)
(DVP-NS53P: MX ONLY)
T101
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
D411 L411

D211 L211 Q211

P.CONT IC304
Bridge Q712 8 8
SW801
Rectifier POWER Video Buffer
9 9
ACIN CN101 Diode
F101
1 2 Line

Transformer
2 fiters D511 L512 PS501
EVER-10V SW-10V
10 10 Q501
L101, L102 IC303
D
-5V Reg
D311 L312 P312 Q311 IC105/7 IC101
S IC101 SW+5V SW + 5V
6 6
IPD 3.3V Reg MTK IC

P311
C Q611
SW+3.3V SW + 3.3V
5 5 IC110
1.8V Reg

EVER+5V EVER + 5V D401


4 4
MUTE DRIVER IC104 IC103 IC108 IC102
SDRAM EEPROM RESET IC FLASH ROM

PC101
GND Photo Coupler GND
FG001 FG002
IC611 EVER+11V PS502 AU+11V Q411
3 3 Q401 IC403
Shunt Reg
+5V Reg Coaxial
SW+8V
1 1
CN201 CN501

IC401/IC402
AU-10V Audio Buffer
Q416

IC405
Optical Out
IC201
Motor Driver
CN101
VCC OPTICAL
11
DEVICE

CN106
15 13 11 12

SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY)


CN401 (SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
15 13 11 12 SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY)
IF-143 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) (SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)

SW-10V
EVER+5V
SW+3.3V
PCONT
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
IF-144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
CN403 CN001
IF-145 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY) 3 5
IC407
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)
PROG LED

EXCEPT DVP-NS15
DVP-NS45/NS55/NS61P ONLY
IC407
3.3V Reg IC

Q401,402 SW-475 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)

F1
ND401 T401 IC407 IC408 IC404
F2 CN403 CN002
FLD DC-DC CONV IR RECEIVER RESET IC IF MICON 5 5 PROG LED
7 3

EXCEPT DVP-NS15 DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P


VKK
IC001
IR RECEIVER

5 3
SW-467 BOARD
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-XX to 4-XX)

PLAY IC001
LED
IR RECEIVER

The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

3-3 3-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-3. SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)


(SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-28)

IC104 IC102
64M SDRAM 16M ROM

HDO – HD7
RAO~RA11

RDO-RD15

AO~A20
139~142,144,148~150,152~155 110~114,116~119,121~122,124~126 131 132 134 135 146 147 136 137 109 129 47,49~55,57,60,62~69,72,86 75~81,85

RWE
CAS
RAS
RCS
DRCLK
CKE
BA0
BA1
DQMO
DQM1
XRD 73
XWR 59
XROMCS 70

10 IC101 146

3.3Vp-p
110MHz

IC101 CN 106
IFBSY 91 5 IFBSY
CXD9197R
IFSCK 92 9 IFSCK
MICROPROCESSOR
AV DECODER IFSDO 100 7 IFSDO
SERVO DSP XIFCS 94 4 XIFCS TO INTERFACE CONTROL (1)
IFSDI 95 6 IFSDI (SEE PAGE 3-19 TO 3-20)
XSYSRST 105 2 XSYSRST
14 XA MUTE
10 XV MUTE

XA MUTE
AR 187 AR
AL 189 AL
SPDIF 170 SPDIF AUDIO (1)
XMAMUTE 165 XMAMUTE (SEE PAGE 3-15 TO 3-16)
XECHO 164 XECHO
KRMOD 162 KRMOD
MIC 161 MIC
IC103
EEPROM

COMP_MUTE
SCL 6 96 SCL

DISC/XEXT

EUROVY
B/Cb/Pb
SDA 5 98 SDA

R/Cr/Pr
XTALO

XTALI

CVBS

WIDE
Y/G
193 194 182 181 179 175 163 167 169 166
MV-47 Line Out/S-Video Out
LINE OUT/S-VIDEO OUT

X102
9 IC101 193 5 IC101 175 C/BAR PB 4 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 3 IC101 181 C/BAR PB

XV MUTE
286 mVp-p (NTSC)
300 mVp-p (PAL) EUROVY
1.9Vp-p WIDE
27MHz 1Vp-p 1Vp-p
H
DISC/EXT
H VIDEO (2)
H
COMP/MUTE (SEE PAGE 3-13 TO 3-14)
CVBS
SY/Y/G
Sc/Cb/B
COMPONENT OUT
C_/R

6 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 7 IC101 181 8 IC101 182

1Vp-p 0.7Vp-p 0.7Vp-p


H H H

3-5 3-6
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-4. SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-39 to 4-40)

IC104 IC102
64M SDRAM 16M ROM

HDO – HD7
RAO~RA11

RDO-RD15

AO~A20
139~142,144,148~150,152~155 110~114,116~119,121~122,124~126 131 132 134 135 146 147 136 137 109 129 47,49~55,57,60,62~69,72,86 75~81,85

RWE
CAS
RAS
RCS
DRCLK
CKE
BA0
BA1
DQMO
DQM1
XRD 73
XWR 59
XROMCS 70

10 IC101 146

3.3Vp-p
110MHz

IC101 CN 106
IFBSY 91 5 IFBSY
CXD9197R
IFSCK 92 9 IFSCK
MICROPROCESSOR
AV DECODER IFSDO 100 7 IFSDO
SERVO DSP XIFCS 94 4 XIFCS TO INTERFACE CONTROL (2)
IFSDI 95 6 IFSDI (SEE PAGE 3-21 TO 3-22)
XSYSRST 105 2 XSYSRST
14 XA MUTE
10 XV MUTE

XA MUTE
AR 187 AR
AL 189 AL
AUDIO (2)
SPDIF 170 SPDIF
(SEE PAGE 3-17 TO 3-18)
XMAMUTE 165 XMAMUTE
XECHO 164 XECHO
DSEL 162 DSEL
RGBSEL 161
IC103
EEPROM

COMP_MUTE
SCL 6 96 SCL

DISC/XEXT

EUROVY
B/Cb/Pb
SDA 5 98 SDA

R/Cr/Pr
XTALO

XTALI

CVBS

WIDE
Y/G
193 194 182 181 179 175 163 167 169 166

S-VIDEO MODE

X102
9 IC101 193 5 IC101 175 C/BAR PB 4 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 3 IC101 181 C/BAR PB
VIDEO/RGB MODE XV MUTE
RGBSEL
286 mVp-p (NTSC) EUROVY
300 mVp-p (PAL)
1.9Vp-p WIDE
27MHz DISC/EXT VIDEO (1)
1Vp-p 1Vp-p
H H COMP/MUTE (SEE PAGE 3-11 TO 3-12)
H
CVBS
SY/Y/G
RGB MODE Sc/Cb/B
C_/R
6 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 7 IC101 181 8 IC101 182 RGB MODE

0.7Vp-p 0.7Vp-p 0.7Vp-p

3-7 3-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-5. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)


BASE UNIT (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-28)
(DEVICE, OPTICAL MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)
KHM-313CAA/C2RP) (SEE PAGE 4-39 to 4-40)

CN201
SPINDLE SP-
1 28 D04+
MOTOR SP+
2 27 D04-
SL-
5 30 D03+ IN1- 1
SLED SL+
6 29 D03- IN2- 4
MOTOR LIMIT
3 IN3- 10
LIMIT 37 D01+ IN4- 13
IC201
DETECT 36 D01- CTL 15
35 D02+ MOTOR DRIVER IC
OPO 45
34 D02-
RES1 6
M001 CN202 RES2 7
LDM+
LOADING 1 5 25 D05+
LDM- MUTE123 19
MOTOR 2 4 24 D05-
OKSW1 PS 21
S001 4 2
CHUCK/TRAY OCSW1 MUTE4 20
5 1
DETECT TSD_M 22

FWD
REV
MS-203 BOARD 17 16
(SEE PAGE 4-16)

CN101
FCS-
FOCUS 24
COIL FCS+
23 46 45 82 158 157

OCSW
CKSW
LIMITSW

REV
FWD
TRACKING TRK+
22
COIL TRK-
21
LD (780)
DVD/CD 6 Q102 23 LD01
LD MODULE LD (650)
2 DVD/CD 22 LD02 TSD_M 99
LD DRIVE MUTE 103
MUTE123 159
SPFG 43
PD 21 MDI2
5 TROPENPWM 39
20 MDI1
RF IC101 (2/2) DMO 37
17 6 DVDRFIP
FMO 38
RF AMPLIFIER
TRO 41
C FOO 42
20 2~5
DVD/CD D
19
PDIC A
16 8~11
B
15
F
14 19 TPI
E
10 18 TNI

1 IC101 6 (CD PB) 2 IC101 6 (DVD PB)

200nsec (0.5Vp-p to 100nsec (0.65Vp-p to


1.1Vp-p) 1.48Vp-p)

3-9 3-10
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-6. VIDEO (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-43 to 4-44)

11 IC304 25 C/BAR PB 12 IC304 25 C/BAR PB


(S-VIDEO MODE) (VIDEO MODE & RGB MODE)

IC304
VIDEO BUFFER 2.0Vp-p 2.0Vp-p
SELECT SWITCH H H
CN301
V
13 V IN
V/Y V/Y OUT
V/Y OUT 25 19
Y BLANKING OUT
15 Y IN 16
R/C OUT 15
C AUDIO/VIDEO
5 C IN G OUT OUTPUT
11
R/C FUNC. SW
R R/C OUT 34 8
7 R IN B OUT
7
G G
9 G IN G OUT 29
B B
11 B IN B OUT 27 14 IC304 34 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 13 IC304 34 C/BAR PB
(S-VIDEO MODE)
33 MUTE1
SYSTEM CONTROL/ D301 24 MUTE3 572 mVp-p (NTSC)
1.4Vp-p 600 mVp-p (PAL)
SIGNAL PROCESSOR XVMUTE
(SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) 28 MUTE2 SW1 30 BLANKING SIGNAL 15 IC304 29 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE)
GENERATOR H
EUROVY

12 SW2
1.4Vp-p

WIDE FUNCTION SIGNAL 16 IC304 27 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE)


GENERATOR

DISCEXT 1.4Vp-p

RGBSEL

3-11 3-12
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-7. VIDEO (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)


(SEE PAGE 4-31 to 4-32)

XVMUTE
12 IC304 29 C/BAR PB
IC304
COMP-MUTE Q306
VIDEO BUFFER
MUTE
MUTE1 32
CVBS J301 2.0Vp-p
3 VIDEO IN VIDEO OUT 29 H

COMBO JACK
11 IC304 27 C/BAR PB
SY/Y/G
5 Y IN Y OUT 27

SYSTEM CONTROL/
Y
SIGNAL PROCESSOR VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) C
2.0Vp-p
Sc/Cb/B H
1 C IN C OUT 31

S VIDEO OUT 16 IC304 31 C/BAR PB

572 mVp-p (NTSC)


16 MUTE2 600 mVp-p (PAL)

8 Y IN Y OUT 25 Y
H
COMPONENT
11 Cb IN Cb OUT 23 Cb VIDEO OUT
Cr/R Cr
13 Cr IN Cr OUT 21

13 IC304 25 C/BAR PB 15 IC304 21 C/BAR PB 14 IC304 23 C/BAR PB

2.0Vp-p 1.4Vp-p 1.4Vp-p


H H H

3-13 3-14
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-8. AUDIO (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MC-161 BOARD
(DVP-K56P ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-21 to 4-22) ECHO SET
R532

IC502 IC503
MIC AMP MIC AMP

J501

5 7 6 7
MIC

R530
2 1 2 1

MIC VR
RV501

IC504

IN
Q501, Q502 ECHO Q503, Q505
MIC DETE CT OUT MUTE DRIVER
9

4 5 6
XECHO DVP-K56P ONLY

4 5 6
CN404
MV-47 BOARD
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
(SEE PAGE 4-33 to 4-34)

DVP-K56P ONLY
R463
MIC

XECHO

AL DVP-NS51P/NS53P: AR,BR/K56P
Q413
MUTE
IC405 DIGITAL
1 D IN
OPTICAL OUTPUT
DVP-K56P ONLY

Q412 Q414
AR
MUTE R464 MUTE DRIVER
J301
Q411
SPDIF COAXIAL
DVP-K56P ONLY

BUFFER
IC402
IC401 AUDIO
R467 EXCEPT DVP-K56P AMPLIFIER
AUDIO Q407
AMPLIFIER R442
MUTE L

SYSTEM CONTROL/ 2 – 1 2 – 1
SIGNAL PROCESSOR LINE OUT
3 + 3 +
(SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6) DVP-K56P ONLY
5 + 5 +
6 – 7 6 – 7 R439
EXCEPT DVP-K56P Q408
R443
MUTE R
IC406
D402
Voltage
SW+3.3V Detector Q402, Q404, Q405
XMAMUTE MUTE DRIVER

DVP-K56P ONLY

Q406, Q409, Q410


MUTE DRIVER
D405

R471 R415
KRMOD

SYSTEM CONTROL/
XA MUTE SIGNAL PROCESSOR
(SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6)

3-15 3-16
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-10. INTERFACE CONTROL (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM

IF-144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)


(SEE PAGE 4-13 to 4-14)
IF-145 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-17 to 4-18)

CN401
SW-10V
IC407 15
EVER+5V
4 3.3V 5 13
REGULATOR SW+3.3V
11
SYSRST
80 PROG LED SYSRST 7 2
XIFCS
/CS 14 4
EVER+3.3V
78 VCC SOO
SI 15 7
DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR
SIO
SO 16 6 MV-47 (EXCEPT NS15) (SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6)
5 VDD
SCO MV-48 (NS15 ONLY) (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8)
IC406 /SC 17 9
EVER+3.3V A-MUTE
3 1 11 IR 14
IR /AMUTE 23
RECEIVER V-MUTE
/VMUTE 24 10
XIFBUSY
BUSY 27 5 SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY)
PCONT (SEE PAGE 4-51 to 4-52)
EVER+3.3V IC408 PCONT 26 12
2 1 8 /RST POWER-SWITCH SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY)
RESET POWER 37 16 (SEE PAGE 4-53 to 4-54)
O/C 35
CN403 CN001
IC404
7 1
AD1 34
SW-10V VFD DRIVER IF MICON 5 3
40 VKK

OPEN/CLOSE
CIRCUIT S006
AD2 36 6 2
4 4
3 5
Z R031 R030 R029

PREV

NEXT
S001 S002 S003

PLAY
N . >
1~2 40~41
R028
X401
12 50
SEG 1-20 8MHz
ND401
~

69 XIN 2
FLUORESCENT 38

PROG
STOP
S004 S005
INDICATOR
TUBE 4 71 XOUT 3
DIG 1-7
~

11 77
D001 x PROGRESSIVE
DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P ONLY

DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P ONLY

SW-475 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-55 to 4-56)

CN403 CN002 IC001


7 3 2
IR
8 2 1 RECEIVER

6 4
4 6

PLAY
S001
2 8
5 5
N
1 9

OPEN/CLOSE
S006

Z
R028

PROG
STOP
S004 S005

x PROGRESSIVE
D001

3-19 3-20
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-11. INTERFACE CONTROL (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

IF-143 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-10)

IC407 CN401
EVER+5V
4 3.3V 5 13
REGULATOR SW+3.3V
11
SYSRST
21 PLAY LED SYSRST 18 2
XIFCS
/CS 20 4
EVER+3.3V
27 HOLD SOO
SI 24 7
SIO SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR
SO 25 6
28 VDD MV-48 (DVP-NS15 ONLY)
SCO
/SC 26 9 (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8)
22 IR A-MUTE
/AMUTE 17 14
V-MUTE
/VMUTE 16 10
XIFBUSY
BUSY 19 5
PCONT
EVER+3.3V IC408 PCONT 4 12
2 1 3 /RST POWER-SWITCH
RESET POWER 10 16

O/C 7

AD1 12

IC404
AD2 11
IF MICON

X401
8MHz
XIN 2

XOUT 1

SW-467 BOARD (DVP-NS15P ONLY)


(SEE PAGE 4-49 to 4-50)

CN403 CN002 IC001


5 5 2
IR
8 2 1 RECEIVER

6 4
4 6

PLAY
S001
2 8
7 3
N
3 7

OPEN/CLOSE
S006

STOP
S004

x
R036 D002

3-21 3-22E
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1-964-237-11

2
1
HARNESS 1-964-346-11

2P
AC_IN (N)
AC_IN (L)
10P 10P HARNESS
CNXXX CN501 6P 6P
PM-127 CN404 CN501
SW+8V 1 1 SW+8V MC-089 MC-161 BOARD
GND_AUDIO 1 1 GND_AUDIO
MTR GND 2 2 MTR GND
(DVP-K56P ONLY)
B EVER+11V
EVER+5V
3
4
3
4
EVER+11V
EVER+5V
AU-10V

AU+11V
2

3
2

3
AU-10V

AU+11V
XMIC 4 4 XMIC
SW+3.3V 5 5 SW+3.3V
MIC+ECHO 5 5 MIC+ECHO
SW+5V 6 6 SW+5V
XECHO 6 6 XECHO
GND 7 7 GND

P-CONT 8 8 P-CONT

POWER SW 9 9 POWER SW
EVER-10V 10 10 EVER-10V

SRV1872WW
C (EXCEPT DVP-NS53P:MX)
SRV1873UC
(DVP-NS53P:MX ONLY)
24P 24P

SWITCHING REGULATOR CN101

GND (LD) 1 24
CN101

GND (LD) BASE UNIT


LD (650) 2 23 LD (650)

N.C 3 22 N.C
N.C 4 21 N.C

PD 5 20 PD

D 17P
LD (780) 6 19 LD (780)

IF-144 BOARD *CN106 VR (650) 7 18 VR (650)

OPTICAL DEVICE
IF-143 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)
1 GND GND 1 VR (780) 8 17 VR (780)

(DVP-NS15 ONLY) 2 SYSRST SYSRST 2 N.C 9 16 N.C

(KHM-313CAA/C2RP)
3 3.3V_MNT 3.3V_MNT 3 VoE/e+g 10 FFC 15 VoE/e+g
4 XIFCS XIFCS 4 Vcc 11 (FMO-009) 14 Vcc

IF-145 BOARD 5 XIFBUSY XIFBUSY 5 Vc 12 0.5 pitch 13 Vc

(DVP-NS51P ONLY) 6 SIO SIO 6


MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15) GND (PDIC) 13 1-831-523-11 12 GND (PDIC)
7 SOO SOO 7 VoF/f+n 14 11 VoF/f+n
8 GND GND 8 VoB/b 15 10 VoB/b

E 9

10
SCO

V_MUTE
SCO

V_MUTE
9

10
MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) VoA/a

RF
16

17
9

8
VoA/a

RF
11 SW+3.3V SW+3.3V 11 (LO:DVD, HI:CD) MSW 18 7 (LO:DVD, HI:CD) MSW

12 PCONT PCONT 12 VoD/d 19 6 VoD/d


13 EVER+5V EVER+5V 13 VoC/c 20 5 VoC/c

14 A_MUTE A_MUTE 14 TRK- 21 4 TRK-

15 SW-10V SW-10V 15 TRK+ 22 3 TRK+

16 POWER_SWITCH POWER_SWITCH 16 FCS+ 23 2 FCS+

17 GND GND 17 FCS- 24 1 FCS-


17P
*CN404
F 6P 6P
SPINDLE
CN201

SP- 1 1
CNXXX

SP-
M MOTOR
SLIDER
SP+

LIMIT
2

3
2

3
SP+

LIMIT
M MOTOR
PROG_LED
EVER+3.3V
PLAY_LED

(GND) LIMIT 4 4 (GND) LIMIT


SW+3.3V

SW+3.3V
IR OUT
CN403

CN403

SL- 5 HARNESS 5 SL-


LIMIT
GND

GND

GND
GND
AD2

AD1

AD2

AD1
O/C

O/C

MD-111
9P

7P

SL+ 6 6 SL+ SWITCH


1-963-599-11
1
2

6
7

8
9

7
6

2
1

6P
G 1
CN105

TXD
TO SERVO JIG
1-831-522-11
1-831-569-11

(FSW-001)
(FSW-002)

2 RXD
FFC
FFC

3 GND

CKSW1 / FWD
OCSW1 / REV
4 +3.3V

GND / CTL
5 V2REF0
CN103

CN202

LDM+
6 RF MON

LDM-
GND
RF
TE

FE
5P

5P
PI
9
8

4
3

2
1

7
6

2
1

5
4

3
2
1

1
2

3
4
5
9P
CN002
Prog_LED
AD2

GND

O/C

SW+3.3V

AD1
EVER+3.3V

IR OUT
N.C

7P
CN001
GND
GND

SW+3.3V

PROG_LED

AD1

AD2
O/C

7P
CN051

1-831-524-11

(FMS-010)
H

1.0 pitch
FFC
SW-475 SW-467 SW-468 SW-469
BOARD BOARD BOARD BOARD 5
4

3
2
1
OCSW1 / REV
CKSW1 / FWD

GND / CTL
LDM-
LDM+

5P
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) (DVP-NS15 ONLY) (DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY) (DVP-K56P ONLY) CN001

I
MS-203 BOARD

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM


4-1 4-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

WAVEFORMS
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block) 1 IC101 6 (CD PB) 7 IC101 181 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 13 IC304 34 C/BAR PB
(S-VIDEO MODE)
For printed wiring boards: For schematic diagrams:
• : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF.
side. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
• : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side. tantalums.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4W (Chip resistors : 1/10W) 572 mVp-p
• a : Through hole. 0.7Vp-p
(NTSC)
(0.5Vp-p to
• : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. un-less otherwise specified. 200nsec
1.1Vp-p) 600 mVp-p
H (PAL)
(The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.) kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts. 2 IC101 6 (DVD PB) 8 IC101 182 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 14 IC304 34 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE)
Caution: New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Pattern face side: Parts on the pattern face side seen Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor,
from because it is damaged by the heat.
(Side A) the pattern face are indicated. • All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic
Parts face side: Parts on the parts face side seen from curve B, unless otherwise noted. 1.4Vp-p
0.7Vp-p
(Side B) the parts face are indicated. • : non flammable resistor.
(0.65Vp-p to
• : fusible resistor. 100nsec
1.48Vp-p)
• : panel designation.
• Abbreviation
• f : internal component. 3 IC101 181 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 9 IC101 228 15 IC304 29 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE)
AEP : AEP Model
• : adjustment for repair.
AR : Argentina Model
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
AUS : Australia/New Zealand Model
• Voltages are dc between measurement point.
BR : Brazilian Model
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal on DVD refer-
CH : Chinese Model
ence disc and when playing CD reference disc. 286 mVp-p
E : Latin America Model 1.4Vp-p
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MΩ). (NTSC) 1.9Vp-p
EA : Saudi Arabia Model • Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
300 mVp-p
27MHz
(PAL)
HK : Hong Kong Model tolerances.
H

IN : India Model
4 IC101 179 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 10 IC101 146 16 IC304 27 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE)
IR : Iran Model
KR : Korean Model Note:
ME2 : Middle East Model The components identified by
ME5 : IND,PAK,MAR Model mark or dotted line with mark
MX : Mexican Model are critical for safety.
MY : Malaysian Model Replace only with part number
3.3Vp-p 1.4Vp-p
RUS : Russian Model specified. 1Vp-p 110MHz
H
SP : Singapore Model
TW : Taiwan Model When indicating parts by reference
number, please include the board 5 IC101 175 C/BAR PB 11 IC304 25 C/BAR PB
UK : UK Model name. (S-VIDEO MODE)
VN : Vietnam Model

1Vp-p
2.0Vp-p
H H

6 IC101 179 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 12 IC304 25 C/BAR PB


(VIDEO MODE & RGB MODE)

0.7Vp-p

2.0Vp-p
H

WAVEFORM
MV-48 4-3 4-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)

1 IC101 6 (CD PB) 7 IC101 181 (COMPONENT OUT) 13 IC304 25 C/BAR PB

(0.5Vp-p to 0.7Vp-p
200nsec 1.1Vp-p) H 2.0Vp-p
H

2 IC101 6 (DVD PB) 8 IC101 182 (COMPONENT OUT) 14 IC304 23

(0.65Vp-p to 0.7Vp-p 1.4Vp-p


100nsec 1.48Vp-p) H H

3 IC101 181 C/BAR PB 9 IC101 228 15 IC304 21


(LINE OUT/S-VIDEO OUT)

286 mVp-p 1.9Vp-p


(NTSC) 1.4Vp-p
300 mVp-p 27MHz
H (PAL) H

4 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 10 IC101 146 16 IC304 31 C/BAR PB


(LINE OUT/S-VIDEO OUT)

572 mVp-p
3.3Vp-p (NTSC)
1Vp-p 110MHz 600 mVp-p
H H (PAL)

5 IC101 175 C/BAR PB 11 IC304 27 C/BAR PB


(LINE OUT/S-VIDEO OUT)

1Vp-p 2.0Vp-p
H H

6 IC101 179 C/BAR PB 12 IC304 29 C/BAR PB


(COMPONENT OUT)

1Vp-p 2.0Vp-p
H H

WAVEFORM
4-5 4-6 MV-47
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3-9. AUDIO (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

MV-48 BOARD
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-45 to 4-46)

AL
Q413
MUTE

Q412
AR
MUTE
J401
Q411
SPDIF COAXIAL
BUFFER

IC401
CN301
AUDIO Q407
AMPLIFIER
MUTE L pin3

SYSTEM CONTROL/ 2 – 1
SIGNAL PROCESSOR LINE OUT
+
(SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8)
+
6 – 7
Q408
MUTE R pin1
IC402
D402
Voltage
SW+3.3V Detector Q402, Q404, Q405
XMAMUTE MUTE DRIVER

R414 Q406, Q409, Q410 R437


MUTE DRIVER

SYSTEM CONTROL/
XA MUTE SIGNAL PROCESSOR
(SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8)

3-17 3-18
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-143 (INTERFACE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
IF-143 BOARD (SIDE A)
(DVP-NS15 ONLY) (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

B
(DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

1 2 3
SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IF-143 BOARD (SIDE B)


(DVP-NS15 ONLY)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)

C MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board

A (SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)


(INTERFACE)

IF-143 BOARD
1 2 3 SIDE B

IC404 B-2
IC407 B-4
IC408 B-3

Q401 A-2

INTERFACE
IF-143 4-7 4-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board of IF-143 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
IF-143 BOARD
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A INTERFACE
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

D
SW-467 BOARD (DVP-NS15)
(SEE PAGE 4-49 TO 4-50)

MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15)


E

(SEE PAGE 4-39 TO 4-40)


TO CN002

TO CN106
F

INTERFACE
4-9 4-10 IF-143
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-144 (INTERFACE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
IF-144 BOARD (SIDE A)
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P ONLY) IF-144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

SIDE A Power Board

IC406 A-5 MV-47 Board


(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,

D
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SIDE B

IC404 B-2
IC407 C-1
IC408 B-3

Q401 D-2
Q402 D-2 SW-468 Board
IF-144 Board

C
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

D401 D-2
D402 C-2
D403 D-2
D406 C-2 (DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,

B VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SW-467 Board

A (SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board


(INTERFACE)

11
1-866-100-
(11)

(DVP-K56P)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IF-144 BOARD (SIDE B)


(DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P ONLY)

D SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)

MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

Power Board

C MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

B SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

INTERFACE
IF-144 4-11 4-12
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-11 for printed wiring board of IF-144 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
IF-144 BOARD
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P ONLY) TO CN106
A INTERFACE MV-47 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)
(SEE PAGE 4-29 TO 4-30)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

F
SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P)


(SEE PAGE 4-51 TO 4-52)

(SEE PAGE 4-53 TO 4-54)


TO CN001

TO CN051

INTERFACE
4-13 4-14 IF-144
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-145 (INTERFACE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
IF-145 BOARD (SIDE A)
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board

D
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-468 Board

C (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(SWITCH)
IF-144 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board

B (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,


VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

A 1-868-102-
11
(11)
SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IF-145 BOARD (SIDE B)


(DVP-NS51P ONLY)

D SW-469 Board
IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)

(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

Power Board

C MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

B SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

IF-145 BOARD

SIDE B

A IC404 B-2
IC407 C-1
IC408 B-3

Q401 D-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Q402 D-2

D402 C-2
D403 D-2
D406 D-2

INTERFACE
IF-145 4-15 4-16
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of IF-145 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
IF-145 BOARD
(DVP-NS51P ONLY)
A INTERFACE TO CN106
MV-47 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- (SEE PAGE 4-27 TO 4-28)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

F
SW-475 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-55 TO 4-56)
TO CN002

INTERFACE
4-17 4-18 IF-145
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MC-161 (MIC-ECHO) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
MC-161 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY) SIDE A MC-161 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY) SIDE B
MC-161 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board
SIDE B

E IC501 A-2
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IC502 C-2
IC503 B-2
IC504 B-1

Q501 D-1
Q502 D-1
Q503 B-2
Q504 B-1
D D Q505 B-1
SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(SWITCH)
IF-144 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

D501 D-1
D502 D-1
D503 B-1 (DVP-NS15)

Power Board

C C MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

B B SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)

Power Board

A A MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 1 2
IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

MIC-ECHO
MC-161 4-19 4-20
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-19 for printed wiring board of MC-161 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MC-161 BOARD
(DVP-K56P ONLY)
A MIC-ECHO
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

G
(SEE PAGE 4-33 TO 4-34)
MV-47 BOARD
TO CN404

MIC-ECHO
4-21 4-22 MC-161
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MS-203 (LOADING MOTOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
MS-203 BOARD
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

5 4
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
CN001

DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

S001
1 2 (CHUCK/TRAY DETECT)
C001
2
1

S001
SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)
+ - 1-861-327- 12 21
M Power Board

M001 MV-48 Board

(LOADING MOTOR) (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,


VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-23 for printed wiring board of MS-203 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MS-203 BOARD IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
LOADING MOTOR (SWITCH BOARD)

A -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT
(DVP-NS51P)
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

M001
B CN001 5P
C001
XX LOADING
JL001 MOTOR
LDM+ 1
JL002
LDM- 2
TO MV-47 BOARD (2/5) JL005
CN202 GND/CTL 3
(SEE PAGE 4-29 TO 4-30) JL004
CKSW1 4
JL003 SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
OCSW1 5 (SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

C 2 3

S001
CHUCK/TRAY
DETECT

LOADING MOTOR
MS-203 4-23 4-24
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV-47 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. MV-47 BOARD

SIDE A
MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15) SIDE A MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT DVP-NS15) SIDE B
IC102 B-3
IC103 B-4
IC104 C-5
G IC105 D-5
IC108 A-4
IC110 D-2
IC201 B-2
IC401 E-4
IC402 E-4
IC405 G-5
F F
D301 F-2
D302 F-1
D303 F-1
D310 E-3
D402 E-4
E E D405 E-4

Q101 C-2
Q102 C-2
Q304 F-2
Q305 F-2
D D Q306 E-3
Q401 E-3
Q402 E-5
Q403 E-3
Q404 E-5
Q405 F-5
Q406 E-5
C C Q409 E-5
Q410 F-5
Q412 E-4
Q413 E-4
Q414 F-3
Q417 F-4
B B Q501 E-1
Q502 E-1

SIDE B

IC107 D-3
A A IC303 F-5
IC304 F-4
IC403 E-3
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D308 F-4
D309 F-4
D401 E-1
D404 E-3
For printed wiring board
Q407 F-3
There are a few cases that the part printed on Q408 F-2
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. Q411 F-1
Q416 E-3
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P) (DVP-NS15) (DVP-K56P) (DVP-NS51P)

Power Board Power Board Power Board


Power Board

MV-47 Board MV-47 Board MV-47 Board


MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER) DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER) DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-468 Board SW-469 Board SW-475 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board SW-467 Board (DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
IF-143 Board (SWITCH BOARD)
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) (SWITCH PWB) (SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE) MC-161 Board
(INTERFACE) (INTERFACE)
(MIC-ECHO)

CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER


MV-47 4-26
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board of MV-47 board.
• Refer to page 4-5 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-47 BOARD (1/5)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
A CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

TO IF144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/K56P)


TO IF145 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)

CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC


4-27 4-28 MV-47 (1/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board of MV-47 board.
• Refer to page 4-5 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-47 BOARD (2/5)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
A DRIVE
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

DRIVE
MV-50 (2/5) 4-29 4-30
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board of MV-47 board.
• Refer to page 4-5 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-47 BOARD (3/5)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
A VIDEO
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

18
D
14

E 13

16 15

17
F

VIDEO
4-31 4-32 MV-47 (3/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board of MV-47 board.
• Refer to page 4-5 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-47 BOARD (4/5)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
A AUDIO
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

AUDIO
MV-47 (4/5) 4-33 4-34
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board of MV-47 board.
• Refer to page 4-5 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-47 BOARD (5/5)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
A POWER
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

G
XX

The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
J Replace only with part number
specified.

POWER
4-35 4-36 MV-47 (5/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV-48 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. MV-48 BOARD

SIDE A
MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) SIDE A MV-48 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) SIDE B
IC101 C-3
IC102 B-3
IC103 B-4
G IC104 C-5
IC105 D-5
IC106 D-5
IC108 A-4
IC110 D-2
IC201 B-2
IC401 E-4
F F IC402 E-5

D301 F-3
D302 F-3
D303 F-2
D304 F-3
E E D305 F-2
D306 F-2
D307 F-1
D308 F-1
D309 F-2
D310 F-2
D D D402 E-5

Q101 C-2
Q102 C-2
Q103 C-2
Q301 F-3
C Q302 F-3
C Q303 F-3
Q304 F-3
Q305 F-3
Q306 F-3
Q307 F-1
Q371 E-1
B B Q372 E-1
Q373 E-1
Q374 E-1
Q401 E-3
Q402 E-5
Q403 E-3
A A Q404 E-5
Q405 F-5
Q406 E-5
3 4 Q407 F-1
1 2 5 1 2 3 4 5 Q408 F-1
Q409 E-5
Q410 F-5
Q412 E-4
For printed wiring board Q413 E-4
Q501 E-1
There are a few cases that the part printed on Q502 D-1
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
SIDE B
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P) (DVP-NS15) (DVP-K56P) (DVP-NS51P)
IC107 D-3
Power Board
Power Board
Power Board Power Board
IC303 F-5
IC304 F-3
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
IC403 E-2
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER) DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER) DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

D401 E-1
D404 E-3

Q411 F-1

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-468 Board SW-469 Board SW-475 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board SW-467 Board (DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
IF-143 Board (SWITCH BOARD)
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) (SWITCH PWB) (SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE) MC-161 Board
(INTERFACE) (INTERFACE)
(MIC-ECHO)

CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER


MV-48 4-38
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of MV-48 board.
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-48 BOARD (1/5)
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC


4-39 4-40 MV-48 (1/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of MV-48 board.
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-48 BOARD (2/5)
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A DRIVE
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

DRIVE
MV-48 (2/5) 4-41 4-42
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of MV-48 board.
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

MV-48 BOARD (3/5)


(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A VIDEO D-EURO
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

VIDEO D-EURO
4-43 4-44 MV-48 (3/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of MV-48 board.
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MV-48 BOARD (4/5)
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A AUDIO_EURO (D)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

AUDIO_EURO (D)
MV-48 (4/5) 4-45 4-46
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of MV-48 board.
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

MV-48 BOARD (5/5)


(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
J Replace only with part number
specified.

POWER
4-47 4-48 MV-48 (5/5)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SW-467 (SWITCH PWB) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder.

SW-467 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) SIDE A SW-467 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY) SIDE B For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

(DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

A A MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-49 for printed wiring board of SW-467 board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-467 BOARD
(DVP-NS15 ONLY)
A SWITCH PWB
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- (DVP-K56P)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT Power Board

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE MV-47 Board


(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

C (DVP-NS51P)
IF143 BOARD (DVP-NS15 ONLY)

Power Board
(SEE PAGE 4-9 TO 4-10)

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
TO CN403

DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

E
SW-467 BOARD
SIDE A

IC001 A-4

D002 A-2

SWITCH PWB
SW-467 4-49 4-50
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SW-468 (SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder.

SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P/56P ONLY) SIDE A SW-468 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY)SIDE B For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

(DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

A A Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 3 1 2 3

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)

For Schematic Diagram Power Board

• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board of SW-468 board.


MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SW-468 BOARD
(DVP-NS43P/NS53P ONLY)
A SWITCH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
XX MARK:NO MOUNT (SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
(DVP-NS51P)

B
Power Board
IF144 BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
(SEE PAGE 4-13 TO 4-14)
TO CN403

C
SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

SWITCH
SW-468 4-51 4-52
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SW-469 (SWITCH BOARD) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder.

SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY) SIDE A SW-469 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY) SIDE B For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

(DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

A A Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 1 2

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)

Power Board

MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-K56P)

For Schematic Diagram Power Board

• Refer to page 4-53 for printed wiring board of SW-469 board.


MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SW-469 BOARD
(DVP-K56P ONLY)
A SWITCH BOARD
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
XX MARK:NO MOUNT (SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
(DVP-NS51P)

B
Power Board
IF144 BOARD (DVP-K56P ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-13 TO 4-14)

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
TO CN403

C
SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

SW-469 BOARD
SIDE A
D D051 A-1

SWITCH BOARD
SW-469 4-53 4-54
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SW-475 (SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder.

SW-475 BOARD (DVP-51P ONLY) SIDE A SW-475 BOARD (DVP-51P ONLY) SIDE B For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

(DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

Power Board

A A MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

1 1 2 3 4
2 3 4

SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
(SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

(DVP-NS15)
For Schematic Diagram Power Board

• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board of SW-475 board.


MV-48 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SW-475 BOARD
(DVP-NS51P ONLY)
A SWITCH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
(DVP-K56P)

B Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

C
IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

IF145 BOARD (DVP-NS51P ONLY)

(DVP-NS51P)
(SEE PAGE 4-17 TO 4-18)

D Power Board
TO CN403

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

E
SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

SW-475 BOARD
SIDE A
F IC001 A-1

SWITCH
SW-475 4-55 4-56
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
POWER BOARD (SRV1872WW) (SIDE A)
(EXCEPT DVP-NS53P:MX) POWER BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)
(SRV1872WW)
Power Board

SIDE A
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
IC101 B-4

Q211 A-6

D105 C-4
D106 B-4
D107 A-3
B D108 A-4
D211 A-5 SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
D212 C-5 (SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

D311 B-5
D312 B-6
D313 B-5
D315 B-6 (DVP-NS15)
D317 A-6
D318 A-7 Power Board

A D319 B-7
MV-48 Board
D411 B-5 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)
D511 C-5

SIDE B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IC611 A-3

D101 C-6

Q311 A-1 SW-467 Board


(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)
Q611 B-2
Q712 A-1

(DVP-K56P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

POWER BOARD (SRV1872WW) (SIDE B)


(EXCEPT DVP-NS53P:MX)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

B Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

A
SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

POWER BOARD
POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW) 4-57 4-58
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-57 for printed wiring board of Power board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

POWER BOARD
POWER SUPPLY (SRV1872WW)
A (EXCEPT DVP-NS53P:MX)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

E 10 EVER-10V

9 POWER SW

8 P-CONT

7 GND
TO CN501
POWER
F 6 SW+5V
MV-47 BOARD (EXCEPT AEP)
(SEE PAGE 4-35 TO 4-36)
5 SW+3.3V MV-48 BOARD (AEP ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 4-47 TO 4-48)
4 EVER+5V

3 EVER+11V

G 2 MTR GND

1 SW+8V

CN201

The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
J Replace only with part number
specified.

POWER BOARD
4-59 4-60 POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

POWER BLOCK (SRV1873UC) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. For printed wiring board
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
POWER BOARD (SRV1873UC) (SIDE A)
(DVP-NS53P: MX ONLY) POWER BOARD (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)
(SRV1873UC)
Power Board

SIDE A
MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)
IC101 B-4

Q211 A-6

D106 B-4
D107 A-3
D108 A-4
B D211 A-5
D212 C-5 SW-468 Board
(EXCEPT DVP-NS51P) IF-144 Board
D311 B-5 (SWITCH) (EXCEPT DVP-NS51P)
(INTERFACE)

D312 B-6
D313 B-5
D315 B-6
D317 B-6 (DVP-NS15)
D318 A-7
D319 B-7 Power Board

A D411 B-5
MV-48 Board
D511 C-5 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE,
VIDEO D-EURO, AUDIO_EURO (D), POWER)

SIDE B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IC611 A-3

Q311 A-1
Q611 B-2
Q712 A-1
SW-467 Board
(SWITCH PWB) IF-143 Board
(INTERFACE)
D101 C-6

(DVP-K56P)

Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

POWER BOARD (SRV1873UC) (SIDE B)


(DVP-NS53P: MX ONLY)

IF-144 Board
(INTERFACE)
SW-469 Board
(SWITCH BOARD)
MC-161 Board
(MIC-ECHO)

(DVP-NS51P)

B Power Board

MV-47 Board
(CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC,
DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO, POWER)

A
SW-475 Board
(DVP-NS51P ONLY) IF-145 Board
(SWITCH) (DVP-NS51P ONLY)
(INTERFACE)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

POWER BOARD
POWER BLOCK (SRV1873UC) 4-61 4-62
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

For Schematic Diagram


• Refer to page 4-61 for printed wiring board of Power board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

POWER BOARD
POWER SUPPLY (SRV1873UC)
A (DVP-NS53P: MX ONLY)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:PB MODE
MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

E 10 EVER-10V

9 POWER SW

8 P-CONT

7 GND

6 SW+5V TO CN501
F POWER
MV-47 BOARD
5 SW+3.3V (SEE PAGE 4-35 TO 4-36)

4 EVER+5V

3 EVER+11V

G 2 MTR GND

1 SW+8V

CN201

The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
J Replace only with part number
specified.

POWER BOARD
4-63 4-64E POWER BLOCK (SRV1873UC)
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 5
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION


(MV-47/48 BOARDS IC101)

Pin No. Pin name Type Function


1 AGND Ground Ground pin for analog circuitry
2 DVDA Analog Input AC coupled input path A
3 DVDB Analog Input AC coupled input path B
4 DVDC Analog Input AC coupled input path C
5 DVDD Analog Input AC coupled input path D
6 DVDRFIP Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIP
7 DVDRFIN Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIN
8 MA Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input A
9 MB Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input B
10 MC Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input C
11 MD Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input D
12 SA Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input A
13 SB Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input B
14 SC Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal inputC
15 SD Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input D
16 SDFON Analog Input CD focusing error negative input
17 SDFOP Analog Input CD focusing error positive input
18 TNI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal negative input
19 TPI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal positive input
20 MDI1 Analog Input Laser power monitor input
21 MDI2 Analog Input Laser power monitor input
22 LDO1 Analog Output Laser driver output
23 LDO2 Analog Output Laser driver output
24 SVDD3 Power Analog 3.3V power
25 CSO Analog Output Central servo
26 RFLVL Analog Output RFRP low pass output
27 SGND Ground Ground pin for analog circuitry
28 V2REFO Analog Output Reference voltage 2.8V
29 V20 Analog Output Reference voltage 2.0V
30 VREFO Analog Output Reference voltage 1.4V
31 FEO Analog Output Focus error monitor output
32 TEO Analog Output Tracking error monitor output
33 TEZISLV Analog Output TE Slicing Level
34 OP_OUT Analog Output OP amp output
35 OP_INN Analog Input OP amp negative input
36 OP_INP Analog Input OP amp positive input
37 DMO Analog Output Disc motor control output.PWM output
38 FMO Analog Output Feed motor control. PWM output
39 TROPENPWM Analog Output Tray PWM output/Tray open output
40 IOP_MON Analog Input General A/D input -> IOP monitor
41 TRO Analog Output PDM output of tracking servo compensator
42 FOO Analog Output PDM output of focus servo compensator
43 SPFG Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
44 MSW Output Not used
45 CKSW Input Not used
46 OCSW Output Open/Close
47 HA2 Output PU Host address bit 2
48 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuity

5-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Pin No. Pin name Type Function


49 HA3 Output PU Host address bit 3
50 HA4 Output PU Host address bit 4
51 HA5 Output PU Host address bit 5
52 HA6 Output PU Host address bit 6
53 HA7 Output PU Host address bit 7
54 HA8 Output PU Host address bit 8
55 HA18 Output PD, SMT Host address bit 18
56 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
57 HA19 Output PD, SMT Host address bit 19
58 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin internal digital circuitry
59 XWR Output PU, SMT Write enable, active low
60 HA16 Output PU Host address bit 16
61 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin internal digital circuitry
62 HA15 Output PU Host address bit 15
63 HA14 Output PU Host address bit 14
64 HA13 Output PU Host address bit 13
65 HA12 Output PU Host address bit 12
66 HA11 Output PU Host address bit 11
67 HA10 Output PU Host address bit 10
68 HA9 Output PU Host address bit 9
69 HA20 Output PU, SMT Host address bit 20
70 XROMCS Output SMT Chip select (Active low)
71 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
72 HA1 Output PU Host address bit 1
73 XRD Output SMT Read enable, active low
74 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
75 HDD Output Host address bit 0
76 HD1 Output Host address bit 1
77 HD2 Output Host address bit 2
78 HD3 Output Host address bit 3
79 HD4 Output Host data bit 4
80 HD5 Output Host data bit 5
81 HD6 Output Host data bit 6
82 LIMITSW Input PD, SMT BU limit switch sensor input
83 ALE Output PU, SMT Address latch enable
84 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry
85 HD7 Output Host data bit 7
86 HA17 Output PU Host address bit 17
87 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry
88 HA0 Output PU Host address bit 0
89 UWR# Output PU, SMT 8032 write strobe
90 URD# Output PU, SMT 8032 read strobe
91 IFBSY Input PU, SMT Ext CPU ready/busy interrupt signal (H: Busy, L: Ready)
92 IFCK Output PU, SMT Ext CPU serial clock
93 EEWP Output PU, SMT EEPROM write protect control (H: WP enable, L: WP disable)
94 XIFCS Output, PU SMT Chip select for Ext CPU (Active low)
95 IFSDI Input PU, SMT Ext CPU serial data input
96 SCL In/Out PU, SMT Hardware IIC clock
97 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
98 SDA In/Out PU, SMT Hardware IIC data
99 TSD_M Input PU, SMT Motor driver thermal shutdown sensor (Active low)
100 IFSDO Output PU, SMT Ext CPU serial data output
101 RXD Input PU, SMT Hardware RS232C RXD
102 TXD Output PU, SMT Hardware RS232C TXD

5-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Pin No. Pin name Type Function


103 MUTE Output PD, SMT Motor driver channel 4 mute
104 ICE Input PD, SMT ICE mode enable
105 XSYSRST Input PU, SMT MT1389D2 reset input (Active low)
106 IR Input SMT IR control signal input
107 INTO# In/Out PU, SMT 8032 external interrupt 0 (for ICE)
108 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry
109 DQMO Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 0
110 RD7 In/Out DRAM data bit 7
111 RD6 In/Out DRAM data bit 6
112 RD5 In/Out DRAM data bit 5
113 RD4 In/Out DRAM data bit 4
114 RD3 In/Out DRAM data bit 3
115 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
116 RD2 In/Out DRAM data bit 2
117 RD1 In/Out DRAM data bti 1
118 RD0 In/Out DRAM data bti 0
119 RD15 In/Out DRAM data bit 15
120 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
121 RD14 In/Out DRAM data bit 14
122 RD13 In/Out DRAM data bit 13
123 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry
124 RD12 In/Out DRAM data bit 12
125 RD11 In/Out DRAM data bit 11
126 RD10 In/Out DRAM data bit 10
127 RD9 In/Out DRAM data bit 9
128 RD8 In/Out DRAM data bit 8
129 DQM1 Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 1
130 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal circuitry
131 RWE# Output DRAM write enable
132 CAS# Output DRAM collumn address strobe
133 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry
134 RAS# Output DRAM row address strobe
135 RCS# Output DRAM chip select
136 BA0 Output DRAM bank address 0
137 BA1 Output DRAM bank address 1
138 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry
139 RA10 Output DRAM address bit 10
140 RA0 Output DRAM address bit 0
141 RA1 Output DRAM address bit 1
142 RA2 Output DRAM address bit 2
143 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal circuitry
144 RA3 Output DRAM address bit 3
145 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal circuitry
146 DRCLK Output DRAM clock
147 CKE Output DRAM clock enable
148 RA11 Output DRAM address bit 11
149 RA9 Output DRAM address bit 9
150 RA8 Output DRAM address bit 8
151 DVDD3 Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
152 RA7 Output DRAM address bit 7
153 RA6 Output DRAM address bit 6
154 RA5 Output DRAM address bit 5
155 RA4 Output DRAM address bit 4
156 DVDD18 Ground 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry

5-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Pin No. Pin name Type Function


157 FWD Output Loading control signal (Forward)
158 REV Output Loading control signal (Reverse)
159 MUTE123 Output Motor driver channel 1,2 & 3 mute
160 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry
161 RGBSEL (DVP-NS15 only) Output RGB/YCbCr select output signal (H: RGB Disabled, L: RGB Enabled)
MIC (DVP-K56P only) Input Karaoke microphone detect signal (Active high)
162 DSEL (DVP-NS53P (Japan) only) Output SMT Interlace/Progressive select output signal (H: 480i, L: 480P)
(not connected)
KRMOD (DVP-K56P only) Output SMT Karaoke mode status output (H: Karaoke, L: Normal)
163 COMP_MUTE Output PD, SMT Video component output mute (H: CVBS, S-Vid out, L: Component out)
164 XECHO Input PD, SMT Karaoke echo function control (H: Echo off, L: Echo)
165 XMAMUTE Output PD, SMT Main audio mute signal (Active low)
166 EUROVY Output PD, SMT CVBS/S-terminal select output signal (H: CVBS, L: S-terminal)
167 DISC/xEXT Output PD, SMT Disc/External input select output signal (H: Disc, L: External)
168 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry
169 WIDE Output Video aspect ratio control SW
170 SPDIF Output SPDIF output
171 DACVDDC Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry
172 VREF Analog Bandgap reference voltage
173 FS Analog Full scale adjustment
174 DACVSSC Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry
175 CVBS Output Analog composite out
176 DACVDDB Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry
177 DACVSSB Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry
178 DACVDDA Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry
179 Y/G Output Green signal or Y Signal output
180 DACVSSA Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry
181 B/Cb/Pb Output Blue signal or Cb signal output
182 R/Cr/Pr Output Red signal or Cr signal output
183 APLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power for audio clock circuitry
184 APLLCAP Analog Inout APLL external capacitance connection
185 APLLVSS Ground Ground pin for audio clock circuitry
186 ADACVDD3 Power 3.3V power for internal AudioDAC circuitry
187 AR Output Analog audio output Rch
188 VCM Analog Audio DAC reference voltage
189 AL Output Analog audio output Lch
190 ADACGND Ground Ground pin for internal AudioDAC circuitry
191 RFGND18 Ground Ground pin for RF digital circuitry
192 RFVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal analog circuitry
193 XTALO Output 27MHz crystal output
194 XTALI Input 27MHz crystal input
195 JITFO Analog Output Output terminal for RF jitter
196 JITFN Analog Input Input terminal for RF jitter
197 PLLVSS Ground Ground pin for data PLL and related analog circuitry
198 IDACEXLP Analog Output Data PLL DAC Low-pass filter
199 PLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power for data PLL & related analog circuitry
200 LPFON Analog Output Negative output of loop filter amplifier
201 LPFIP Analog Input Positive input of loop filter amplifier
202 LPFIN Analog Intput Negative input of loop filter amplifier
203 LPFOP Analog Output Positive output of loop filter amplifier
204 ADCVDD3 Power Power pin for ADC circuitry
205 ADCVSS Ground Ground pin for ADC circuitry
206 RFVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for RF digital circuitry
207 RFRPDC Analog Output RF ripple detect output

5-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

Pin No. Pin name Type Function


208 RFRPAC Analog Input RF ripple detect input (through AC-coupling)
209 HRFZC Analog Input High frequency RF ripple zero crossing
210 CRTPLP Analog Output Defect level filter capacitor connecting
211 RFGND Ground Ground pin for RF digital circuitry
212 NC Analog Output RF offset cancellation capacitor connection
213 NC Analog Output RF offset cancellation capacitor connection
214 OSP Analog Output RF AGC loop capacitor connection for DVD-ROM
215 OSN Analog Input Reference current input
216 RFGC Power 3.3V power pin for analog circuitry

5-5E
5-5
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 6
TEST MODE

6-1. EXECUTING IOP MEASUREMENT (5) Wait until a hexadecimal number appear.

In order to execute IOP measurement, the following standard Manual Adjust


procedures must be followed.
1. Track Balance Adjust:
2. Track Gain Adjust:
(1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to 3. Focus Balance Adjust:
enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. 4. Focus Gain Adjust:
5. Eq Boost Adjust:
Remocon Diagnosis Menu 6. Iop. ED:
7. TRV. Level:
0. External Chip Check 8. S curve(FE) Level:
1. Servo Parameter Check 9. RFL(PI) Level:
2. Drive Manual Operation 0. MIRR Time:
3. Emergency History
4. Version information $4 Change Value
5. Video Level Adjustment [RETURN] Return to previous menu

Model : xxx xxx xxx


IF-con Ver : xxx (6) Convert data from hexadecimal to decimal.
Syscon Ver : xxx
(7) Use the following formula to calculate IOP in mA
IOP (mA)=IOP (decimal) x 0.622678.
(2) Select “2. Drive Manual Operation” by pressing the 2 key on
the remote commander. The screen will appear as below.
(8) Press [RETURN] to return back to previous menu.
Drive Manual Operation
(9) Press - to return to Top Menu and power OFF the DVD
1. Servo Control Player.
2. Track/Layer Jump
3. Manual Adjustment 6-2. EMERGENCY HISTORY CHECK
4. Tray Aging Mode
0. Return to top Menu
Information of Emergency History.

(1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to


(3) Select “3. Manual Adjustment” by pressing the 3 key on the
enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode.
remote commander. The screen will appear as below.

Manual Adjust (2) Select “3. Emergency History”.

1. Track Balance Adjust: Emg. History Check


2. Track Gain Adjust:
3. Focus Balance Adjust: Laser Hours CD 999h 59min
4. Focus Gain Adjust: DVD 999h 59min
5. Eg boost Adjust:
6. Iop: 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00
7. TRV. Level: 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45
8. S curve(FE) Level:
9. RFL(PI) Level: 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00
0. MIRR Time: 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45

$4 Change Value [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page


[RETURN] Return to previous menu - Return to Top Menu

(4) Select Iop by pressing 6 key on the remote commander. (3) Laser Hours
DVD Laser ON time. (Total ON time)
CD Laser ON time. (Total ON time)

(4) Emergency History


The history information from last “1” to “10” can be scrolled
with [NEXT] key or [PREV] key.

(5) Error code

Example of Error code

1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45

6-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(6) Error code list (10) How to Clearing Emergency code


01: Communication error (No reply from syscon) Press [TOPMENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order.
02: Syscon hung up All emergency code are cleared.
03: Power OFF request when syscon hung up
19: Thermal shutdown Emg. History Check
24: MoveSledHome error
25: Mecha move error (5 Changer) Laser Hours CD 999h 59min
DVD 999h 59min
26: Mecha move stack error
30: DC Motor adjustment error 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
31: DPD offset adjustment error 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
32: TE Balance adjustment error
33. TE Sensor adjustment error 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
34. TE loop gain adjustment error 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
35. FE loop gain adjustment error
36. Bad jitter after adjustment [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page
40. Focus NG
42. Focus Layer Jump NG
(11) Press - key, return to TOP MENU.
52. Open kick spindle error
51: Spindle stop error
60: Focus on error 6-3. INITIALIZING SETUP DATA
61: Seek fail error
62: read Qdata/ID error How to initializing setup data.
70: Lead In Data Read Fail
71: TOC read time out (CD) (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to
80: Can’t Buffering enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode.
81: Unknown media type
(2) Select “3. Emergency History”.
(7) Error code parameters
Emg. History Check
Example of Error code
Laser Hours CD 999h 59min
1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 DVD 999h 59min
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45
1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45
This is the detailed contents of error information
2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00
(8) Laser hours at error happend. 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45

Example of Error code [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page


- Return to Top Menu
1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45
(3) Initializing setup data
This is Laser hours when an error happened. Press [MENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order.
The data have been initialized when “Initialize setup data...”
(9) How to Clear laser hours mesage is displayed.
Press [DISPLAY], [CLEAR] keys in this order.
Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Emg. History Check

Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min


DVD 999h 59min
Laser Hours CD 0h 0min
DVD 0h 0min Initialize setup data ...

1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45

2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page
- Return to Top Menu
[Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page
- Return to Top Menu

6-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(4) The Emergency history display screen will be restored soon. 6-5. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

Emg. History Check 1. IF-144/IF-145 BOARDS (IF CON) TEXT MODE


The IF-144/IF-145 boards (IF CON) test mode is the IF CON
Laser Hours CD 999h 59min
self-diagnosis mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the
DVD 999h 59min
IF-144/IF-145 boards that the IF CON controls. Normally, the
1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 and operates following the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL,
but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the
2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 SYSTEM CONTROL.
00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45
In the test mode, the following functions can be checked.
[Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page
1. Button function
2. Remote commander receiving function
3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication
(12) Press - key, return to TOP MENU.
4. Fluorescent display tube lighting check
- Grid check
6-4. VERSION INFORMATION - Anode check
5. LED control function
Information of firmware version.
In the test mode, the main unit operates same as usual, except voltage
(1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to monitoring, communication, display of fluorescent display tube, and
enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. LED control.
1. The routine that monitors +3.3V (PCONT) of MV-47/MV-48
(2) Select “4. Version Information”. boards is not provided.
2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYSTEM
Version information CONTROL is not provided. The main unit is not placed in the
Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM
Firm (Main) : Ver. xxxxx
Firm (Sub) : xxxxx CONTROL is normal.
RISC : xxxxx 3. Display of fluorescent display tube.
8032 : xxxxx (Normally, display is mode following the commands from
Audio DSP : xxxxx SYSTEM CONTROL).
Servo DSP : xxxxx 4. LED control.
(Normally, control is mode made following the commands from
SYSTEM CONTROL).
- Return to Top Menu
2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE
(3) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL
display and DVD panel section.

2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing


At the AC Power ON after reset of IF CON is released, while pressing
with the MV-47/MV-48 boards are not connected to the IF-144/
IF-145 boards, or while pressing the x key on the main unit with the
IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [RETURN] t [DISPLAY] (or
[SETUP]) on the remote commander, and the main unit transits to the
Self Check Mode.

6-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check


When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated.

(1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds)

(2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (DVP-NS51P)

MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (DVP-NS43P/NS53P)

MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (DVP-K56P)

3) Version display (for 2 seconds)

(4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds)

6-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(2-3. Each Self Check Function


Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input.

Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal)


Voltage [V] PIN ef (AD1) PIN eg (O/C) PIN eh (STOP) PIN ej
0 - 0.20 PLAY OPEN/CLOSE STOP POWER
0.60 - 0.82 - - PROGRESSIVE -
1.16 - 1.47 PREVIOUS - - -
1.80 - 2.12 NEXT - - -
2.48 - 2.70 - - - -

2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON


2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• Z key and x key on the main unit
• T key on the remote commander

2-3-1-2. Operation and display


In this mode, all LEDs and all segments of FLD turn ON.

• Example of FLD all ON (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)

6-5
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display
2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• Keys on the main unit except keys transited in Self Check Mode

2-3-2-2. Operation and Display


When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Aslo, the key name display
and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander, “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is
entered. Also, DVD, V, CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred.

• FLD display (at input of H key on the main unit)•Key code display
(at input of H key, key code: 0Ah)

• At input of faulty voltage

• When key is pressed double

2-3-3. Remote Commander Key Name Display and Key Code Display
2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• Remote commander keys except keys transited in Self Check Mode

2-3-3-2. Operation and Display


When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check Mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Aslo, the key name
display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is displayed when
nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred.

• Remote commander key name display (at input of X key)

• Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, key code:39h)

6-6
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display


The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed.
When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on.

• Communication error display (at no input of key and remote commander)

• Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander)

2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test
2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• t key on the remote commander
• SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test display (This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD
remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE)

2-3-5-2. Operation and Display


The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when t key is entered. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Only the first segment
of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is
clockwise, the segment switches in 1 - 2 -3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2- 1 direction.

• Display at the start of Anode Test

r (Input in CW direction)

6-7
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test
2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• R key on the remote commander
• SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display
(This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE)

2-3-6-2. Operation and Display


The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when R key is entered. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. The first grid only of FLD
turns on and other grid turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid
switched in 1 - 2 - 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2 - 1 direction.

• Display at the start of Grid Test

r (Input in CW direction)

2-3-7. LED Test Display


2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode
• r key on the remote commander
• SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display
(This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE)

2-3-7-2. Operation and Display


LED is switched in order by the input JOG/SHUTTLE on the remote commander. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as
the function that turns on the LED conncerned.

• FLD display during LED Test

6-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

6G 2G 1G 6G 7G 5G 4G 3G 2G

f j b
h k

g s m col
(7G, 4G)
r n
e p c

Dp
d (7G~3G, 1G)
(7G~1G)

ANODE CONNECTION
7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G
P1 col - col -
P2 - - - -
P3 - - - -
P4 - - - - -
P5 Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp
P6 a a a a a a a
P7 k k k k k k k
P8 j j j j j j j
P9 h h h h h h h
P10 b b b b b b b
P11 f f f f f f f
P12 m m m m m m m
P13 s s s s s s s
P14 g g g g g g g
P15 c c c c c c c
P16 d d d d d d d
P17 r r r r r r r
P18 p p p p p p p
P19 n n n n n n n
P20 e e e e e e e

6-9E
6-9
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 7
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT

This section describes procedures and instructions necessary for 7-1. POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGE
adjusting electrical circuits in this unit. CHECK
Instruments required:
(1) Color monitor TV Mode Except standby
(2) Oscilloscope 1 or 2 phenomena, band width over 100 MHz, with Instrument Digital multimeter
delay mode EVER +5 V Check
(3) Frequency counter (over 8 digits)
Test point CN201 pin 4
(4) Digital multimeter
(5) Standard commander Specification 5.0 ± 0.3 Vdc
(RMT-D175A/RMT-D175P) SW +3.3 V Check
(6) DVD reference disc Test point CN201 pin 5
HLX-501 (J-6090-071-A) (dual layer) (NTSC)
Specification 3.35 ± 0.2 Vdc
HLX-503 (J-6090-069-A) (single layer) (NTSC)
HLX-504 (J-6090-088-A) (single layer) (NTSC) SW+5 V Check
HLX-505 (J-6090-089-A) (dual layer) (NTSC) Test point CN201 pin 6
Specification 5.0 +0.2
–0.3 Vdc
SW +8 V Check
Test point CN201 pin 1
Specification 8.0 ± 0.5 Vdc
EVER +11 V Check
Test point CN201 pin 3
Specification 11.0 +1.0
–0.5 Vdc
EVER –10 V Check
Test point CN201 pin q;
+0.5
Specification –10.0 –1.0 Vdc

Checking method:
(1) Confirm that each voltage satisfies the specification.

7-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 3. Checking Scart S Video Output S-C


(DVP-NS15) (S-Video Mode)
1. Checking Scart Video Output Level (Video Mode) <Purpose>
<Purpose> This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC/PAL standard. If it is
Checking Video Level the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not correct, the not correct, the colors will be too dark or light.
brightness will be too large or small. Mode HLX-504 play back
Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars 100%
Signal Color bars 100% Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) (15p)
Test point VIDEO OUT (19p) (75 Ω terminated)
connector (75 W terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope
Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 50 mVp-p (NTSC)
Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p A = 300 ± 50 mVp-p (PAL)

Adjusting method: Checking method:


(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. (1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
(2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. (2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”.

1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p

Fig. 7-4.

Fig. 7-2.
4. Checking RGB Output G (RGB Mode)
<Purpose>
2. Checking Scart S Video Output S-Y This checks RGB video output G level. If it is incorrect, correct color
(S-Video Mode) will not be remain some.
<Purpose> Mode HLX-504 play back
Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be Signal Color bars
displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S-terminal Test point Green Out (11p) (75 Ω terminated)
cable.
Instrument Oscilloscope
Mode HLX-504 play back
Specification A = 700 ± 70mVp-p
Signal Color bars 100%
Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) (19p) Checking method:
(75 Ω terminated) (1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
Instrument Oscilloscope (2) Confirm that the G level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p.
Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p

Checking method: A
1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p.

Fig. 7-5.
1.0 ±0.08 Vp-p

Fig. 7-3.

7-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

5. Checking RGB Output B (RGB Mode) 7-3. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM


<Purpose> (EXCEPT DVP-NS15)
This checks RGB video output B level. If it is incorrect, correct colors 1. Checking Video Level
will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector.
<Purpose>
Mode HLX-504 play back Checking Video Level the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not correct, the
Signal Color bars brightness will be too large or small.
Test point Blue Out, (7p) (75 Ω terminated) Mode HLX-504 play back
Instrument Oscilloscope Signal Color bars 100%
Specification B = 700 ± 70 mVp-p Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector
(75 Ω terminated)
Checking method: Instrument Oscilloscope
(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p
(2) Confirm that the B level is A.
Adjusting method:
(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
(2) Confirm that the Video Level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p.
B

1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p


Fig. 7-6.

6. Checking RGB Output R (RGB Mode) Fig. 7-1.


<Purpose>
This checks RGB video output R level. If it is incorrect, correct colors
will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. 2. Checking S Video Output S-Y
Mode HLX-504 play back <Purpose>
Signal Color bars Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be
Test point Red Out, (15p) (75 Ω terminated) displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S-terminal
cable.
Instrument Oscilloscope
Mode HLX-504 play back
Specification C = 700 ± 70 mVp-p
Signal Color bars 100%
Checking method: Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector
(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. (75 Ω terminated)
(2) Confirm that the R level is B. Instrument Oscilloscope
Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p

Checking method:
C (1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
(2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p.

Fig. 7-7. 1.0 ±0.08 Vp-p

Fig. 7-2.

7-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

3. Checking S Video Output S-C 5. Checking Component Video Output B-Y


<Purpose> <Purpose>
This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC/PAL standard. If it is This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, correct
not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector.
Mode HLX-504 play back Mode HLX-504 play back
Signal Color bars 100% Signal Color bars
Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB)
(75 Ω terminated) connector (75 Ω terminated)
Instrument Oscilloscope Instrument Oscilloscope
Specification A = 286 ± 50 mVp-p (NTSC) Specification A = 700 ± 70 mVp-p
A = 300 ± 50 mVp-p (PAL)
Checking method:
Checking method: (1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. (2) Confirm that the B-Y level is A.
(2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”.

A
A

Fig. 7-3.
Fig. 7-5.

4. Checking Component Video Output Y


<Purpose> 6. Checking Component Video Output R-Y
This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct <Purpose>
brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, correct
projector. colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector.
Mode HLX-504 play back Mode HLX-504 play back
Signal Color bars Signal Color bars
Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR)
connector, (75 Ω terminated) connector (75 Ω terminated)
Instrument Oscilloscope Instrument Oscilloscope
Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p Specification B = 700 ± 70 mVp-p

Checking method: Checking method:


(1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. (1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back.
(2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. (2) Confirm that the R-Y level is B.

1.0 ±0.08 Vp-p


B

Fig. 7-4.
Fig. 7-6.

7-4E
7-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

SECTION 8
REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
NOTE: are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so • Abbreviation specified.
they may have some difference from the AEP : AEP Model
original one. AR : Argentina Model
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since AUS : Australia/NZ Model ME2 : Middle East Model
they are seldom required for routine BR : Brazilian Model ME5 : IND,PAK,MAR Model
service. Some delay should be anticipated CH : Chinese Model MX : Mexican Model
when ordering these items. E : Latin America Model MY : Malaysian Model
• The mechanical parts with no reference EA : Saudi Arabia Model RUS : Russian Model
number in the exploded views are not HK : Hong Kong Model SP : Singapore Model
supplied. IN : India Model TW : Taiwan Model
• Color Indication of Appearance Parts IR : Iran Model UK : UK Model
Example: KR : Korean Model VN : Vietnam Model
KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)
R R
Parts Color Cabinet's
Color

8-1-1. MAIN SECTION


ns : not supplied qj
2

a). (NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
1

ns
n
qa
qa qd

8
a
g qs qa m
f g o
f
q; h
3 h
qa

j NS53P/NS43P
9

ns

ns j NS51P ONLY
9
ns
7

ns qj
I ns 6

l
ns
o

3
j m
5
qg

qf
3 NS53P/NS43P
j 4

NS51P ONLY
4

8-1
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
1 3-070-883-31 SCREW, TAPPING BLACK 13 1-468-971-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
(NS51P/NS43P/NS53P:EXCEPT MX)
1 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING SILVER 14 3-071-119-91 COVER, BATTERY (NS43P/NS53P)
2 A-1158-160-A SERVICE ASSY, CASE UPPER SILVER 14 3-081-834-21 BATTERY, COVER (SMK7G) (NS51P)
15 1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175P)
(NS51P:EXCEPT KR,TW,CH)
2 A-1158-161-A SERVICE ASSY, CASE UPPER BLACK 15 1-479-179-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175A)
(NS51P:KR,TW/NS43P/NS53P)
3 2-666-787-01 COVER, TRAY (P)
(NS51P: EXCEPT VN,CH) 15 1-479-671-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175C)
(NS51P:CH)
3 2-666-787-31 COVER, TRAY (P) (NS51P:VN,CH)
3 2-660-717-11 COVER, TRAY (NS53P:MX,E) 17 3-710-901-71 TAPPING SCREW
3 2-660-717-21 COVER, TRAY (NS53P:AR,BR)
3 2-660-717-31 COVER, TRAY (NS43P)
4 X-2108-303-3 PANEL ASSY, FRONT SILVER
(NS51P: EXCEPT CH,VN)

4 X-2108-334-3 PANEL ASSY,


FRONT (NS51P:VN) SILVER
4 X-2108-335-1 PANEL ASSY,
FRONT (NS51P:CH) SILVER
4 X-2108-336-1 PANEL ASSY,
FRONT (NS51P:CH) BLACK
4 X-2108-304-3 PANEL ASSY,
FRONT
(NS51P:MY,EA,AUS) BLACK
4 X-2103-132-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS53P:MX,E)

4 A-1157-405-A PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS53P:AR,BR)


4 A-1156-137-A PANEL ASSY,FRONT (NS43P)
5 3-087-053-01 +BVTP2.6 (3CR)
6 3-077-331-11 +BV3 (3-CR)
7 1-828-450-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD
(NS43P:BR/NS53P:E,BR/
NS51P: EXCEPT AUS,KR,HK,TW,CH)

7 1-828-454-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:HK)


7 1-828-845-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:TW)

7 1-828-871-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:KR)


7 1-828-452-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:AUS)
7 1-828-454-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:HK)

7 1-828-460-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD


(NS43P:AR/NS53P:AR)
7 1-828-901-12 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS51P:CH)
7 1-828-451-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS53P:MX)
8 1-831-523-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-009)
9 1-831-569-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FSW-002)
(NS51P ONLY)

9 1-831-522-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FSW-001)


(NS43P/NS53P)
* 10 1-831-524-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMS-010)
11 3-077-331-21 +BV3 (3-CR)
12 A-1168-959-A SERVICE ASSY, MV
(NS51P:KR,TW,HK,SP,MY)
12 A-1169-005-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:ME2,EA,IR)

12 A-1169-024-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:ME5,IN)


12 A-1169-011-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:AUS)
12 A-1169-221-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:CH)
12 A-1158-440-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P:MX)
12 A-1158-441-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P:E)
12 A-1169-457-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:VN)
12 A-1158-299-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P:AR)
12 A-1158-297-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P:BR)
12 A-1158-300-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS43P:AR) Note :
12 A-1158-298-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS43P:BR) The components identified by
13 1-468-972-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (N53P:MX) mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

8-2
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(NS15)

qh
2

1
ns
n
qa
qa qd

8
a
g qs qa m
f g
f o
3 h
h
2
q;

ns 7

j
9
ns
ns qh
I ns
6

l
ns o

j 5 m

qg

qf

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
1 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING * 10 1-831-524-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMS-010)
2 A-1158-160-A SERVICE ASSY, CASE UPPER 11 3-077-331-21 +BV3 (3-CR)
3 2-666-781-01 COVER, TRAY (B) 12 A-1168-526-A SERVICE ASSY, MV
4 X-2108-302-3 PANEL ASSY, FRONT 13 1-468-971-31 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
5 3-087-053-01 +BVTP2.6 (3CR) 14 3-081-834-21 BATTERY COVER (SMK7G)

6 3-077-331-11 +BV3 (3-CR) 15 1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175P)


7 1-828-450-11 POWER SUPPLY CORD 16 3-710-901-71 TAPPING SCREW
(NS15: EXCEPT UK)
7 1-828-454-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS15:UK)
Note :
8 1-831-523-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-009)
The components identified by
9 1-831-569-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FSW-002) mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

8-3
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

(K56P)

qj
2

1
ns
n
qa
qa qd

8
a
g qs qa m
f g o
f
3 h
h
qa
q; p

ns

j
9 7
ns
ns qj
I ns 6

l
ns
o

qa
p

5
j 5 m

qg

qh
qf

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
1 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING 13 1-468-971-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
2 A-1158-160-A SERVICE ASSY, CASE UPPER 14 3-071-119-91 COVER, BATERY (K56P:TW)
3 2-660-717-01 COVER, TRAY 14 3-081-834-21 BATTERY COVER (SMK7G)
4 X-2108-002-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (EXCEPT K56P:TW)
5 3-087-053-01 +BVTP2.6 (3CR) 15 1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175P)
(EXCEPT K56P:TW)
6 3-077-331-11 +BV3 (3-CR) 15 1-479-179-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175A)
7 1-828-450-11 POWER SUPPLY CORD (K56P:SP,EA,RUS) (K56P:TW)
7 1-828-845-11 POWER SUPPLY CORD (K56P:TW)
8 1-831-523-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-009) * 16 2-664-753-01 KNOB, VOLUME
9 1-831-522-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FSW-001) 17 3-710-901-71 TAPPING SCREW

* 10 1-831-524-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMS-010) Note :


11 3-077-331-21 +BV3 (3-CR) The components identified by
12 A-1164-608-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P:SP,TW) mark or dotted line with mark
12 A-1164-615-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P:EA) are critical for safety.
12 A-1164-990-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P:RUS) Replace only with part number
specified.

8-4
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

8-1-2. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY


ns : not supplied

23 25

24
ns

ns
ns

ns

ns

ns
ns

ns

21
ns ns 22
21

21
ns
22

22
20 26

21

22

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark


20 A-6071-669-A LOADING ASSY(M)
21 3-088-372-01 INSULATOR
22 3-087-599-01 INSULATOR SCREW
23 4-674-137-11 SCREW (PTP2X5)
24 3-088-371-01 BELT

25 4-974-725-11 SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P


26 8-820-321-05 DEVICE,OPTICAL KHM-313CAA/C2RP

8-5
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-143 IF-144 IF-145

8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST The components identified by


mark or dotted line with mark
NOTE: are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
• Due to standardization, replacements in • SEMICONDUCTORS specified.
the parts list may be different from the In each case, u: µ, for example:
parts specified in the diagrams or the uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . When indicating parts by reference
components used on the set. uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . number, please include the board.
• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so uPD. . : µPD. .
they may have some difference from the • CAPACITORS
original one. uF: µF
• RESISTORS • COILS
All resistors are in ohms. uH: µH
METAL: Metal-film resistor. • Abbreviation
METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film AEP : AEP Model KR : Korean Model
resistor. AR : Argentina Model ME2 : Middle East Model
F: nonflammable AUS : Australia/NZ Model ME5 : IND,PAK,MAR Model
• Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK BR : Brazilian Model MX : Mexican Model
(HS12S2U) are listed. CH : Chinese Model MY : Malaysian Model
• Items marked * are not stocked since E : Latin America Model RUS : Russian Model
they are seldom required for routine EA : Saudi Arabia Model SP : Singapore Model
service. HK : Hong Kong Model TW : Taiwan Model
Some delay should be anticipated when IN : India Model UK : UK Model
ordering these items. IR : Iran Model VN : Vietnam Model

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
IF-143 MOUNT PWB (NS15 ) C422 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
IF-144 MOUNTED PWB (NS43P/NS53P/K56P) (NS15 ONLY)
IF-145 MOUNTED PWB (NS51P) C423 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
******************* (NS15 ONLY)
C424 1-124-233-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 16V
(NS15 ONLY)
<CAPACITOR>

C401 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V <CONNECTOR>


(EXCEPT NS15)
C403 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V CN403 1-815-382-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 7P (EXCEPT NS15/NS51P)
(EXCEPT NS15) CN403 1-794-479-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 9P (NS15/NS51P)
C404 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
(EXCEPT NS15)
C405 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V <DIODE>
(EXCEPT NS15)
C406 1-163-009-91 CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 1000PF B 2012 D402 6-501-193-01 DIODE 1SS355WTE-17 (EXCEPT NS15)
D403 6-501-193-01 DIODE 1SS355WTE-17 (EXCEPT NS15)
C408 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V D406 6-500-021-01 DIODE MM3Z4V7ST1 (EXCEPT NS15)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15)
C409 1-104-665-91 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V
(NS43P/NS53P/NS51P ONLY) <TERMINAL>
C409 1-128-111-91 ELECT 100UF 20% 25V
(K56P ONLY) * ET401 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH (NS51P/NS15)
C410 1-130-479-91 MYLAR 0.0047UF 5.00% 50V * ET402 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH
(EXCEPT NS15) * ET403 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH (EXCEPT NS51P/NS15)
C411 1-115-339-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V
(EXCEPT NS15)
<IC>
C412 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
(NS51P ONLY) IC404 6-806-296-01 IC 86CK74AFG-6FP0 (EXCEPT NS15)
C413 1-115-339-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V IC404 6-806-379-01 IC 47C443MG-6G92(ELZ0 (NS15 ONLY)
(EXCEPT NS15) IC406 6-705-738-01 IC RPM7240-H13 (EXCEPT NS51P/NS15)
C414 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V IC407 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G
C416 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V IC408 6-704-114-01 IC S-80828CNUA-B8NT2G
C417 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V

C418 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V <CONDUCTOR CHIP>


(NS51P/NS15 ONLY)
C419 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V JR401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS43P/NS53P ONLY) (EXCEPTNS51P/NS15)
C419 1-128-131-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V JR402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) JR404 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
C420 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (EXCEPT NS51P/NS15)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15) JR405 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
C421 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V (EXCEPTNS15)
(NS15 ONLY) JR406 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT NS15)

8-6
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-143 IF-144 IF-145


Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
JR407 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R418 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS15) (EXCEPT (NS51P/NS15)
JR408 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R419 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15) (EXCEPT NS15)
JR409 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R420 1-216-027-91 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/10W
(NS51P ONLY) (EXCEPT NS15)
JR410 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
JR411 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R421 1-216-013-91 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15)
R422 1-216-097-91 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
<INDUCTOR > R423 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15)
L401 1-408-982-81 INDUCTOR 100UH R423 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS15 ONLY)
R424 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15)
<FLUORESCENT>
R424 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
ND401 1-519-795-11 VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY (NS15 ONLY)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15) R425 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
ND401 1-519-868-11 VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY (NS15 ONLY)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15) R426 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS15)
<TRANSISTOR> R426 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
Q401 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q (EXCEPT -NS15) R427 1-216-083-91 RES-CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
Q401 8-729-421-20 TRANSISTOR UN2211-TX (NS15 ONLY) (EXCEPT NS15)
Q402 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q (EXCEPT NS15)
R427 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
<RESISTOR> R429 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
R401 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R430 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS15 ONLY)
R402 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R431 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS15 ONLY)
R403 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R432 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS15 ONLY)
R404 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) R433 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
R404 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS15)
(NS15 ONLY) R433 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
R405 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R434 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS15) (EXCEPT NS15)
R406 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R436 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS43P/NS53P/NS51P:AUS)
R407 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R436 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (K56P:SP/NS51P:HK,SP,MY,TW,KR,VN)
R408 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) R436 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R409 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (K56P:EA/NS51P:ME2,EA,IR)
(EXCEPT NS15) R436 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(K56P:RUS/NS51P:ME5,IN)
R411 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R437 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS43P/NS53P/NS51P:AUS)
R412 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R437 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(NS43P/NS53P/K56P/NS51P ONLY) (K56P:SP,TW/NS51P:HK,SP,MY,TW,KR,VN/NS15)
R413 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R437 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(NS53P ONLY) (K56P:RUS/NS51P:ME5,IN )
R414 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012)
(EXCEPT NS51P/NS15) R437 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R415 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS51P:CN ONLY)
(NS51P ONLY) R440 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS51P ONLY)
R416 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R440 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15) (NS15 ONLY)
R417 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R441 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPTNS15) (NS51P ONLY)
R441 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)

8-7
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

IF-143 IF-144 IF-145 MC-161


Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
R442 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 C524 1-115-340-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 25V
(NS51P ONLY) C525 1-115-340-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 25V
R442 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) C526 1-124-589-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
R444 1-216-027-91 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/10W C527 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
(K56P/NS15) C528 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
R445 1-216-013-91 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/10W C529 1-124-589-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
(NS15 ONLY) C530 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
R446 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) C531 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C532 1-124-257-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
R447 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 C533 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
(NS15 ONLY) C535 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
R448 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C536 1-162-968-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
(NS15 ONLY)
R450 1-216-069-91 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W C537 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
(NS15 ONLY) C538 1-115-416-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V
R454 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W C539 1-124-589-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
(NS15 ONLY)
R455 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15 ONLY)
<CONNECTOR>
R456 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) * CN501 1-568-944-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 6P
R457 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
R458 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W <DIODE>
(NS15 ONLY)
D501 8-719-056-85 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-8.2B
D502 8-719-800-76 DIODE 1SS226
<TRANSFORMER> D503 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17

T401 1-443-906-11 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER


(K56P/NS51P) <IC>

IC501 6-706-025-01 IC HA178L05UA-TL-E


<VIBRATOR> IC502 8-759-100-96 IC UPC4558G2
IC503 8-759-100-96 IC UPC4558G2
X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC IC504 8-759-496-41 IC M65850FP-E1

<CONDUCTOR CHIP>

JR501 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0


MC-161 MOUNT PWB (K56P) JR502 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
****************** JR503 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
JR504 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
JR505 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
<CAPACITOR>

C501 1-124-257-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V <INDUCTOR>


C502 1-115-416-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V
C504 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V L501 1-469-561-21 INDUCTOR 100UH
C505 1-164-390-91 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V
C508 1-115-416-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V
<TRANSISTOR>
C509 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C511 1-126-160-11 CAP, ELECT 1.0MF Q501 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146
C512 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V Q502 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
C514 1-164-344-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068UF 10.00% 25V Q503 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146
C515 1-164-004-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 25V Q504 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
Q505 8-729-424-72 TRANSISTOR UN2217-QRS-TX
C516 1-164-343-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.056UF 10.00% 25V
C517 1-163-009-91 CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 1000PF B 2012 <RESISTOR>
C518 1-163-019-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 50V
C519 1-124-589-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF R501 1-216-097-91 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
C520 1-163-013-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V R502 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W

C521 1-163-019-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 50V R503 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C522 1-164-344-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068UF 10.00% 25V R504 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
C523 1-124-257-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V R505 1-216-085-91 RES, CHIP 33K (2012)

8-8
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MC-161 MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
R506 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) A-1168-526-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS15)
R507 1-216-061-91 RES, CHIP 3.3K (2012) A-1168-959-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P: HK,SP,MY,KR,TW)
A-1169-005-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P: ME2,EA,IR)
R508 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W A-1169-221-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P: CH)
R509 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 A-1169-024-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P: ME5,IN)
R510 1-216-089-91 RES, CHIP 47K (2012) A-1169-011-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P: AUS)
A-1158-440-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P: MX)
R511 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) A-1158-441-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P: E)
R512 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) A-1158-299-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P: AR)
R514 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) A-1158-297-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS53P: BR)
A-1158-300-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS43P: AR)
R515 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W A-1158-298-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS43P: BR)
R516 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W A-1164-608-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P: SP,TW)
A-1164-615-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P: EA)
R517 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W A-1164-990-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (K56P: RUS)
R518 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W A-1169-457-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS51P:VN)
R519 1-216-097-91 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W *****************
R520 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R521 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
<CAPACITOR>
R522 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R523 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W C101 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
R524 1-216-109-91 RES-CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W C102 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
R526 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C103 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C105 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V
R527 1-216-097-91 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W C106 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

R529 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W C108 1-162-965-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015UF 10.00% 50V
R530 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C109 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
R531 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C111 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
R532 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W C112 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V
R533 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C113 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

R534 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C114 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
R535 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 C115 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C116 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
R536 1-216-089-91 RES, CHIP 47K (2012) C117 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C118 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
R537 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C119 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
R538 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) C120 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C121 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C122 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C123 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
<CARBON>
C124 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
RV501 1-227-461-11 CARBON FILM POTENTIOMETER C125 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C126 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C130 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C131 1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 10V

C132 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V


C133 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C135 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V
C136 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C137 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V

C138 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V


C139 1-162-919-91 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5.00% 50V
C140 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C144 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C146 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V

C147 1-165-176-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V


C148 1-165-176-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C149 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C150 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C151 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V

8-9
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
C152 1-162-916-91 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5.00% 50V C304 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C153 1-162-917-91 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5.00% 50V (NS15 ONLY)
C154 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C305 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
C155 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (NS15 ONLY)
C156 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C307 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
(NS15 ONLY)
C158 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C160 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C310 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V
C162 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C311 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C163 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (EXCEPT NS15)
C164 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C311 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
(NS15 ONLY)
C169 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C312 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C172 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (EXCEPT NS15)
C174 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C313 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V
C175 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C176 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C314 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
(EXCEPT NS15)
C177 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C314 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C179 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (NS15 ONLY)
C180 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C315 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C181 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (NS15 ONLY)
C182 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C316 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C317 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C183 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33UF 20% 10V
C184 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C318 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C186 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V (NS15 ONLY)
C187 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C401 1-115-416-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V
C188 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V (NS15/NS51P/NS53P/NS43P)
C401 1-164-390-91 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V
C189 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (K56P ONLY)
C190 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C402 1-115-416-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V
C191 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
C192 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C402 1-164-390-91 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V
C193 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V (K56P ONLY)

C195 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C403 1-164-315-91 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C197 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (K56P ONLY)
C199 1-162-968-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C404 1-164-315-91 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C203 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (K56P ONLY)
C205 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C405 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
(NS15/NS51P/NS43P/ NS53P)
C206 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C406 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C208 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (EXCEPT K56P)
C209 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C407 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C210 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C211 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C408 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C409 1-126-960-91 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V
C212 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C410 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
C213 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C411 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF
C214 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
C216 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C411 1-104-660-91 CAP, ELECT 47MF
C217 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF (K56P ONLY)

C218 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C412 1-126-960-91 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V
C219 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V (K56P ONLY)
C220 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C413 1-126-934-91 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C221 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C414 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C222 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V (K56P ONLY)
C415 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C223 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C416 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C224 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C225 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C419 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C226 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V (K56P ONLY)
C228 1-162-968-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C420 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
(K56P ONLY)
C301 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C421 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C303 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C423 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
(NS15 ONLY) C424 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V

8-10
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
C425 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V <IC>
(EXCEPT NS43P/NS53P:MX,E/NS15)
C427 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF 16V
Notes:
(EXCEPT 43P: AR,BR/NS53P:MX,E/NS15) MV-47/MV-48 mounted PWB must be replaced if
C428 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V IC103 (EEPROM IC) is damaged or not functioning.
C429 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V The old MV-47/MV-48 mounted PWB must be completely disposed.
C430 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
(K56P ONLY) IC101 6-709-351-01 IC CXD9197R
IC102 6-806-220-01 IC S99-50068E-10GBPXXXXA (NS51P:KR,TW,HK,SP,MY,VN,CH)
C431 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF IC102 6-806-221-01 IC S99-50068E-10GBPXXXXE (NS51P:ME,EA,IR,IN,AUS)
(K56P ONLY) * IC102 6-806-219-01 IC S99-50068E-10GBPXXXXU (NS43P/NS53P:AR,BR)
C444 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF IC102 6-806-229-01 IC S99-50068E-10GEBXXXXE (NS15)
C445 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V IC102 6-806-449-01 IC S99-50068E-10GSKXXXXA (K56P:SP,TW,EA)
(K56P ONLY) IC102 6-806-450-01 IC S99-50068E-10GSKXXXXE (K56P:RUS)
C446 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V IC102 6-806-795-01 IC MR27V1602F-318TN (NS53P:E,MX)
(K56P ONLY) IC103 SEE NOTE
C447 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V IC104 6-707-897-01 IC EDS6416AHTA-75-E
(K56P ONLY) IC105 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G
IC107 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G
C501 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V IC108 6-703-224-01 IC S-80828CNNB-B8NT2G
C502 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V IC110 6-707-739-01 IC MM1661JTRE
C503 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V IC201 6-704-524-01 IC FAN8036L
C504 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V IC303 8-759-667-17 IC L79M05TLL-SONY-TL-E
C508 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V IC304 6-705-924-01 IC LA73052-TLM-E (NS15 ONLY)
IC304 6-706-453-01 IC NJM2587V(TE2) (NS43/NS51P/NS53P/K56P)
C510 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V IC401 8-759-100-96 IC UPC4558G2
C512 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V IC402 8-759-100-96 IC UPC4558G2 (K56P ONLY)
(NS15/NS51P/K56P) IC405 6-600-430-01 IC TOTX177(F,T) (EXCEPT NS15/NS43P:BR,AR/NS53P:MX,E)
C513 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C514 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V <CONDUCTOR CHIP>

JS401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0


<CONNECTOR> JS402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY)
* CN105 1-564-708-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 6P JS403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
* CN201 1-564-708-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 6P (K56P ONLY)
CN202 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P
CN404 1-568-783-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 6P (K56P ONLY)
* CN501 1-564-009-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 10P <FUSE>

*PS501 1-576-892-11 FUSE 1A 32V


<DIODE> *PS502 1-576-892-11 FUSE 1A 32V

D301 8-719-050-37 DIODE M1MA152WA-T1 (NS15 ONLY)


D302 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS15 ONLY) <TRANSISTOR>
D303 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS15 ONLY)
D304 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS15 ONLY) Q101 6-550-008-01 TRANSISTOR UM6K1N-TN
D305 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS15 ONLY) Q102 6-550-653-01 TRANSISTOR QST8TR
Q103 8-729-424-63 TRANSISTOR UN2212-TX
D306 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS15 ONLY) Q301 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1
D308 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS15 ONLY) (NS15: AEP,UK)
D309 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B (NS15 ONLY) Q302 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1
D309 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS43P/DVP-NS53PK56P) (NS15 ONLY)
D310 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (EXCEPT NS15)
Q303 8-729-024-83 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1
D310 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B (NS15 ONLY) (NS15 ONLY)
D401 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K Q304 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1
D402 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K Q305 8-729-024-83 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1
D404 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 Q306 8-729-024-87 TRANSISTOR MUN2211T1
D405 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (K56P ONLY) (NS15 ONLY)
Q306 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1
(NS43P/NS53P/NS51P/K56P)
<FERRITE>

FB106 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH


FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH
FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH Note :
FB115 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0UH The components identified by
mark or dotted line with mark
are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

8-11
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
Q371 6-550-840-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YGR-TE85L (NS15 ONLY) R148 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q372 6-550-841-01 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YGR-TE85L (NS15 ONLY) R149 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q401 8-729-010-10 TRANSISTOR MSB710-RT1 R152 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q402 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 R153 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q403 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R154 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0

Q404 8-729-424-72 TRANSISTOR UN2217-QRS-TX R155 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0


Q405 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R156 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q406 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 (K56P ONLY) R159 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q407 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 (K56P ONLY)
Q408 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 R160 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15/K56P)
Q409 8-729-424-72 TRANSISTOR UN2217-QRS-TX (K56P ONLY) R164 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q410 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
(K56P ONLY) R181 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q411 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (NS15 ONLY)
Q412 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 R183 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q413 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 R184 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY)
Q414 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146 (K56P ONLY) R185 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
Q416 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R191 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
Q417 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 (K56P ONLY)
Q501 6-551-458-01 TRANSISTOR KTD1624-B R192 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
Q502 8-729-024-86 TRANSISTOR MUN2114T1 R193 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R195 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
R196 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
<RESISTOR> (K56P ONLY)

R101 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R197 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
R102 1-216-295-71 SHORT CHIP 0 R204 1-216-822-91 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W
R106 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R107 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R206 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R108 1-216-857-91 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-826-91 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W

R109 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R208 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R110 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R111 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R112 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R113 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-218-867-11 RES, CHIP 6.8K (1608)

R114 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-835-91 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R115 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R215 1-216-834-91 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
R116 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-834-91 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
R117 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-838-91 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R118 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R119 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R221 1-218-889-91 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W
R120 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R121 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R223 1-218-895-91 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R122 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R224 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R123 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R225 1-218-895-91 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W

R124 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R226 1-218-889-91 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W
R126 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R227 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P) R228 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R127 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS53P/NS43P/K56P)
(NS15/NS51P) R230 1-218-893-91 METAL CHIP 82K 0.5% 1/10W
R129 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R231 1-218-875-91 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
R132 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R232 1-218-877-91 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W
R134 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R233 1-218-883-91 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W
R135 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R136 1-216-835-91 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R137 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R236 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R141 1-216-855-91 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W
R237 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R142 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R143 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R239 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R144 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R243 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R246 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R145 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R147 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0

8-12
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
R247 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R343 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R248 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS15 ONLY)
R249 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R344 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R250 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS15 ONLY)
R251 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R345 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15 ONLY)
R301 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R346 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R304 1-216-055-91 RES-CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W (NS15 ONLY)
(NS15 ONLY) R372 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R305 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS15 ONLY)
(NS15 ONLY) R373 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R306 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W (NS15 ONLY)
(NS15 ONLY) R374 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R309 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS15 ONLY)
(NS15 ONLY) R375 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT NS15)
R310 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R376 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R311 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS15 ONLY )
(NS15 ONLY) R377 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R312 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R382 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15 ONLY) R398 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R313 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS15)
NS15 ONLY) R399 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R316 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS15)
(NS15 ONLY)
R401 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W
R317 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT K56P)
(NS15 ONLY) R402 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R318 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15 ONLY) R404 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W
R319 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
(NS15 ONLY) R405 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R320 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT K56P)
(NS15 ONLY)
R321 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R406 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
EXCEPT (NS15) (EXCEPT K56P)
R407 1-218-875-91 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
R321 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (K56P: ONLY)
R323 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R408 1-218-875-91 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY ) (K56P ONLY)
R323 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R409 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W
EXCEPT (NS15 ONLY) (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
R324 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R409 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
EXCEPT (NS15 ONLY) (-K56P ONLY)
R326 1-216-041-91 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R410 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W
(NS15/NS51P/NS43PNS53P )
R327 1-216-041-91 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R410 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) (K56P ONLY)
R327 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R411 1-216-085-91 RES, CHIP 33K (2012)
EXCEPT (NS15 ONLY) (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
R331 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R411 1-216-295-91 RES, CHIP 0
R332 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
R333 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-216-085-91 RES, CHIP 33K (2012)
(EXCEPT K56P)
R334 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W
R335 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS43P/NS53P/NS51P/K56P) (K56P ONLY)
R336 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R413 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R415 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R336 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
EXCEPT (NS15 ONLY) R416 1-216-830-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R340 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R417 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY)
R418 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R341 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R419 1-216-849-91 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R420 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R342 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R421 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(NS15 ONLY) R422 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

8-13
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
R424 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R464 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
R425 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
R426 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R467 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
R427 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
R428 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R469 1-218-853-91 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY)
R429 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R470 1-218-853-91 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W
R430 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
R431 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R471 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) (K56P ONLY)
R432 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R477 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R433 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R478 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
R479 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R434 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R481 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R436 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R482 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY)
R435 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R484 1-216-830-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R438 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R485 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R439 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P)
(K56P ONLY) R486 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT K56P)
R440 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R487 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT NS15) (K56P ONLY)
R441 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R489 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15)
R442 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R503 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15/K56P) R504 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R443 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R505 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT NS15/K56P) (NS15/NS51P/K56P)
R445 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R507 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P) R508 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0

R445 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R509 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT K56P) R510 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R445 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W R512 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) R513 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R446 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R514 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P) (NS15 ONLY)
R446 1-208-796-91 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R516 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R448 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1101 1-218-841-91 METAL CHIP 560 0.5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R1102 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
R1105 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R449 1-216-813-91 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R1107 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R450 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R1108 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R451 1-216-807-91 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R1109 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R452 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1110 1-216-826-91 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W
R453 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1114 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R1115 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R454 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R455 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1118 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R1119 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R456 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1120 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R457 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1121 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) R1122 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R458 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1123 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R459 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1129 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R1132 1-216-295-71 SHORT CHIP 0
R460 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R1133 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) R1134 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R461 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY) R1138 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R462 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1139 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) R1140 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R463 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1141 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(K56P ONLY) R1142 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0

8-14
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

MV SW-467 SW-478 SW-469 SW-475


Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
R1143 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 <IC>
R1144 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1145 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 IC001 6-703-744-01 IC GP1UE26SXKOF (NS15/NS51P)
R1146 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1150 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
<CONDUCTOR CHIP>
R1151 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R1152 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W JR051 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1168 1-216-811-91 METAL CHIP 150 5% 1/10W (K56P ONLY)
(NS43P/NS53P/NS15) JR001 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1168 1-216-815-91 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT K56P)
(NS51P/K56P) JR002 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1177 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT K56P)
JR003 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1178 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS51P ONLY)
R1180 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W JR004 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1184 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 NS51P ONLY)

<NETWORK> <RESISTOR>

RB105 1-234-702-21 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) R028 1-216-059-91 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W
RB106 1-234-702-21 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) (EXCEPT NS15/K56P)
RB106 1-234-702-21 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) (K56P ONLY) R029 1-216-071-91 RES-CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W
RB107 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) (NS43P/NS53P)
RB108 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) R030 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W
(NS43P/NS53P)
RB110 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) R031 1-216-059-91 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W
RB111 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) (NS43P/NS53P)
RB112 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) R033 1-216-013-91 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/10W
RB113 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) (NS51P ONLY)

R033 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W


<CRYSTAL> (NS43P/NS53P)
R034 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W
X102 1-813-539-11 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT (NS43P/NS53P/NS15) (NS15/NS51P)
X102 1-813-219-31 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT (NS51P/K56P) R036 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
(NS51P ONLY)
R051 1-216-059-91 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY)
R053 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(K56P ONLY)
SW-467 MOUNTED PWB (NS15)
SW-468 MOUNTED PWB (NS43P/NS53P)
SW-469 MOUNTED PWB (K56P) <SWITCH>
SW-475 MOUNTED PWB (NS51P)
********************* S001 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT
(EXCEPT K56P)
S002 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (NS43P/NS53P)
<CAPACITOR> S003 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (NS43P/NS53P)
S004 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT
C001 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V (EXCEPT K56P)
(NS15/NS51P) S005 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (EXCEPT NS15/K56P)

S006 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (EXCEPT K56P)


<CONNECTOR> S051 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (K56P ONLY)
S054 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (K56P ONLY)
CN051 1-815-569-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P (K56P ONLY) S055 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (K56P ONLY)
CN001 1-815-569-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P (NS43P/NS53P) S056 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT (K56P ONLY)
CN002 1-794-473-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 9P (NS15/NS51P)

<DIODE>

D001 6-501-147-01 DIODE LTL-1MHAE-112A (EXCEPT NS15)


D002 8-719-070-74 DIODE SLR-342MCT32 (NS15 ONLY)
D051 6-501-147-01 DIODE LTL-1MHAE-112A (K56P ONLY)

8-15
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW) POWER BLOCK (SRV1873UC)


Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark
1-468-971-11 POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW) ACCESSORIES
(NS51P/NS43P/NS53P:EXCEPT MX) *************
**************************
1-751-271-71 CORD, CONNECTION (AV) (EXCEPT NS15/K56P:RUS)
1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (NS53P:E)
2-665-741-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (NS15:AE1)
2-665-741-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS15:AE1)
2-665-741-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (NS15:AE1)
1-468-972-11 POWER BLOCK (SRV1873UC)
((NS53P:MX) 2-665-741-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (NS15:AE1)
************************* 2-665-741-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS15:AE2)
2-665-741-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (NS15:AE2)
2-665-741-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK) (NS15:AE2)
2-665-742-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS15:UK)

2-665-742-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (NS15:AE3)


1-468-971-31 POWER BLOCK (SRV1872WW) 2-665-742-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (NS15:AE3)
(NS15) 2-665-742-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (NS15:AE3)
************************* 2-665-742-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLAND) (NS15:AE3)
2-665-997-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(NS51P:HK,SP,MY,TW,ME,EA,IR,IN,AUS)

2-665-997-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CHINESE TRADITIONAL)


(NS51P:HK)
2-665-997-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (MALAY) (NS51P:MY)
2-665-997-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CHINESE TRADITIONAL)
(NS51P:TW)
2-665-997-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CHINESE SIMPLIFIED)
(NS51P:MY)
2-665-997-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC) (NS51P:ME2,EA)

2-665-997-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PERSIAN) PR (NS51P:IR)


2-665-997-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS51P:ME5)
2-665-997-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (THAI) (NS51P:SP)
2-665-998-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CHINESE SIMPLIFIED)
(NS51P:CH)
2-665-737-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREA) (NS51P:KR)

2-661-162-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS53P:MX,E)


2-661-213-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS53P:AR)
2-661-214-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (NS53P:BR)
2-661-213-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS43P:AR)
2-661-214-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (NS43P:BR)

2-662-867-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (K56P:SP,EA)


2-662-867-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (THAI) (K56P:SP)
2-662-867-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC) (K56P:EA)
2-665-121-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIA)
(K56P:RUS)
1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175P)
(NS15/NS51P:EXCEPT KR,TW,CH/K56P:RUS,SP,EA)

1-479-179-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175A)


(NS51P:KR,TW/NS43P/NS53P/K56P:TW)
1-479-671-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175C) (NS51P:CH)

2-662-867-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (K56P:TW)

8-16
DVP-NS15/NS51P/NS43P/NS53P/K56P

2006B0800-1
Sony Corporation 2006.02
9-874-899-12 Home Electronics Network Company. Published by Product Design 1 Department

– 8-17
158 –

You might also like